doc/ChangeLog:
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / gdb / breakpoint.c
1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
2
3 Copyright (C) 1986, 1987, 1988, 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995,
4 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007
5 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
6
7 This file is part of GDB.
8
9 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
10 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
11 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
12 (at your option) any later version.
13
14 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
15 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
16 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
17 GNU General Public License for more details.
18
19 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
20 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
21 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
22 Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
23
24 #include "defs.h"
25 #include <ctype.h>
26 #include "symtab.h"
27 #include "frame.h"
28 #include "breakpoint.h"
29 #include "gdbtypes.h"
30 #include "expression.h"
31 #include "gdbcore.h"
32 #include "gdbcmd.h"
33 #include "value.h"
34 #include "command.h"
35 #include "inferior.h"
36 #include "gdbthread.h"
37 #include "target.h"
38 #include "language.h"
39 #include "gdb_string.h"
40 #include "demangle.h"
41 #include "annotate.h"
42 #include "symfile.h"
43 #include "objfiles.h"
44 #include "source.h"
45 #include "linespec.h"
46 #include "completer.h"
47 #include "gdb.h"
48 #include "ui-out.h"
49 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
50 #include "gdb_assert.h"
51 #include "block.h"
52 #include "solib.h"
53 #include "solist.h"
54 #include "observer.h"
55 #include "exceptions.h"
56 #include "memattr.h"
57 #include "ada-lang.h"
58
59 #include "gdb-events.h"
60 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
61
62 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
63
64 static void until_break_command_continuation (struct continuation_arg *arg);
65
66 static void catch_command_1 (char *, int, int);
67
68 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
69
70 static void enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *);
71
72 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
73
74 static void enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *);
75
76 static void disable_command (char *, int);
77
78 static void enable_command (char *, int);
79
80 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*)(struct breakpoint *));
81
82 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
83
84 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
85
86 static void clear_command (char *, int);
87
88 static void catch_command (char *, int);
89
90 static void watch_command (char *, int);
91
92 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *);
93
94 static int break_command_1 (char *, int, int, struct breakpoint *);
95
96 static void mention (struct breakpoint *);
97
98 struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint (struct symtab_and_line, enum bptype);
99
100 static void check_duplicates (struct breakpoint *);
101
102 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR, CORE_ADDR, int, int);
103
104 static CORE_ADDR adjust_breakpoint_address (CORE_ADDR bpaddr,
105 enum bptype bptype);
106
107 static void describe_other_breakpoints (CORE_ADDR, asection *, int);
108
109 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
110
111 static void breakpoint_1 (int, int);
112
113 static bpstat bpstat_alloc (struct breakpoint *, bpstat);
114
115 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
116
117 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
118
119 static void commands_command (char *, int);
120
121 static void condition_command (char *, int);
122
123 static int get_number_trailer (char **, int);
124
125 void set_breakpoint_count (int);
126
127 typedef enum
128 {
129 mark_inserted,
130 mark_uninserted
131 }
132 insertion_state_t;
133
134 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
135
136 static enum print_stop_action print_it_typical (bpstat);
137
138 static enum print_stop_action print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs);
139
140 typedef struct
141 {
142 enum exception_event_kind kind;
143 int enable_p;
144 }
145 args_for_catchpoint_enable;
146
147 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
148
149 static int cover_target_enable_exception_callback (void *);
150
151 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
152
153 static void create_longjmp_breakpoint (char *);
154
155 static void create_overlay_event_breakpoint (char *);
156
157 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
158
159 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count (enum bptype, int *);
160
161 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
162
163 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
164
165 static void watch_command_1 (char *, int, int);
166
167 static void rwatch_command (char *, int);
168
169 static void awatch_command (char *, int);
170
171 static void do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *, enum bpdisp);
172
173 static void solib_load_unload_1 (char *hookname,
174 int tempflag,
175 char *dll_pathname,
176 char *cond_string, enum bptype bp_kind);
177
178 static void create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (int tempflag,
179 char *cond_string,
180 enum bptype bp_kind);
181
182 static void stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
183
184 static void stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
185
186 static void stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
187
188 static char *ep_find_event_name_end (char *arg);
189
190 static char *ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg);
191
192 static char *ep_parse_optional_filename (char **arg);
193
194 static void create_exception_catchpoint (int tempflag, char *cond_string,
195 enum exception_event_kind ex_event,
196 struct symtab_and_line *sal);
197
198 static void catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event,
199 char *arg, int tempflag, int from_tty);
200
201 static void tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
202
203 static void ep_skip_leading_whitespace (char **s);
204
205 static int single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (CORE_ADDR pc);
206
207 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
208
209 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
210 if such is available. */
211 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints;
212
213 static void
214 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
215 struct cmd_list_element *c,
216 const char *value)
217 {
218 fprintf_filtered (file, _("\
219 Debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
220 value);
221 }
222
223 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
224 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
225 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
226 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
227 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support;
228 static void
229 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
230 struct cmd_list_element *c,
231 const char *value)
232 {
233 fprintf_filtered (file, _("\
234 Debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
235 value);
236 }
237
238 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
239 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
240 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
241 use hardware breakpoints. */
242 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints;
243 static void
244 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
245 struct cmd_list_element *c,
246 const char *value)
247 {
248 fprintf_filtered (file, _("\
249 Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
250 value);
251 }
252
253
254 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
255
256 extern int addressprint; /* Print machine addresses? */
257
258 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
259 static int executing_breakpoint_commands;
260
261 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
262 static int overlay_events_enabled;
263
264 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
265 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statment deletes the current
266 breakpoint. */
267
268 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
269
270 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
271 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
272 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
273 B = TMP)
274
275 /* Similar iterators for the low-level breakpoints. */
276
277 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B) for (B = bp_location_chain; B; B = B->next)
278
279 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
280 for (B = bp_location_chain; \
281 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
282 B = TMP)
283
284 /* True if breakpoint hit counts should be displayed in breakpoint info. */
285
286 int show_breakpoint_hit_counts = 1;
287
288 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
289
290 struct breakpoint *breakpoint_chain;
291
292 struct bp_location *bp_location_chain;
293
294 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
295
296 int breakpoint_count;
297
298 /* Pointer to current exception event record */
299 static struct exception_event_record *current_exception_event;
300
301 /* Indicator of whether exception catchpoints should be nuked between
302 runs of a program. */
303 int deprecated_exception_catchpoints_are_fragile = 0;
304
305 /* Indicator of when exception catchpoints set-up should be
306 reinitialized -- e.g. when program is re-run. */
307 int deprecated_exception_support_initialized = 0;
308
309 /* This function returns a pointer to the string representation of the
310 pathname of the dynamically-linked library that has just been
311 loaded.
312
313 This function must be used only when SOLIB_HAVE_LOAD_EVENT is TRUE,
314 or undefined results are guaranteed.
315
316 This string's contents are only valid immediately after the
317 inferior has stopped in the dynamic linker hook, and becomes
318 invalid as soon as the inferior is continued. Clients should make
319 a copy of this string if they wish to continue the inferior and
320 then access the string. */
321
322 #ifndef SOLIB_LOADED_LIBRARY_PATHNAME
323 #define SOLIB_LOADED_LIBRARY_PATHNAME(pid) ""
324 #endif
325
326 /* This function returns a pointer to the string representation of the
327 pathname of the dynamically-linked library that has just been
328 unloaded.
329
330 This function must be used only when SOLIB_HAVE_UNLOAD_EVENT is
331 TRUE, or undefined results are guaranteed.
332
333 This string's contents are only valid immediately after the
334 inferior has stopped in the dynamic linker hook, and becomes
335 invalid as soon as the inferior is continued. Clients should make
336 a copy of this string if they wish to continue the inferior and
337 then access the string. */
338
339 #ifndef SOLIB_UNLOADED_LIBRARY_PATHNAME
340 #define SOLIB_UNLOADED_LIBRARY_PATHNAME(pid) ""
341 #endif
342
343 /* This function is called by the "catch load" command. It allows the
344 debugger to be notified by the dynamic linker when a specified
345 library file (or any library file, if filename is NULL) is loaded. */
346
347 #ifndef SOLIB_CREATE_CATCH_LOAD_HOOK
348 #define SOLIB_CREATE_CATCH_LOAD_HOOK(pid,tempflag,filename,cond_string) \
349 error (_("catch of library loads not yet implemented on this platform"))
350 #endif
351
352 /* This function is called by the "catch unload" command. It allows
353 the debugger to be notified by the dynamic linker when a specified
354 library file (or any library file, if filename is NULL) is
355 unloaded. */
356
357 #ifndef SOLIB_CREATE_CATCH_UNLOAD_HOOK
358 #define SOLIB_CREATE_CATCH_UNLOAD_HOOK(pid, tempflag, filename, cond_string) \
359 error (_("catch of library unloads not yet implemented on this platform"))
360 #endif
361
362 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
363 static int
364 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *b)
365 {
366 return (b->enable_state == bp_enabled && !b->pending);
367 }
368
369 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
370
371 void
372 set_breakpoint_count (int num)
373 {
374 breakpoint_count = num;
375 set_internalvar (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"),
376 value_from_longest (builtin_type_int, (LONGEST) num));
377 }
378
379 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
380
381 void
382 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
383 {
384 struct breakpoint *b;
385
386 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
387 b->hit_count = 0;
388 }
389
390 /* Default address, symtab and line to put a breakpoint at
391 for "break" command with no arg.
392 if default_breakpoint_valid is zero, the other three are
393 not valid, and "break" with no arg is an error.
394
395 This set by print_stack_frame, which calls set_default_breakpoint. */
396
397 int default_breakpoint_valid;
398 CORE_ADDR default_breakpoint_address;
399 struct symtab *default_breakpoint_symtab;
400 int default_breakpoint_line;
401 \f
402 /* *PP is a string denoting a breakpoint. Get the number of the breakpoint.
403 Advance *PP after the string and any trailing whitespace.
404
405 Currently the string can either be a number or "$" followed by the name
406 of a convenience variable. Making it an expression wouldn't work well
407 for map_breakpoint_numbers (e.g. "4 + 5 + 6").
408
409 If the string is a NULL pointer, that denotes the last breakpoint.
410
411 TRAILER is a character which can be found after the number; most
412 commonly this is `-'. If you don't want a trailer, use \0. */
413 static int
414 get_number_trailer (char **pp, int trailer)
415 {
416 int retval = 0; /* default */
417 char *p = *pp;
418
419 if (p == NULL)
420 /* Empty line means refer to the last breakpoint. */
421 return breakpoint_count;
422 else if (*p == '$')
423 {
424 /* Make a copy of the name, so we can null-terminate it
425 to pass to lookup_internalvar(). */
426 char *varname;
427 char *start = ++p;
428 struct value *val;
429
430 while (isalnum (*p) || *p == '_')
431 p++;
432 varname = (char *) alloca (p - start + 1);
433 strncpy (varname, start, p - start);
434 varname[p - start] = '\0';
435 val = value_of_internalvar (lookup_internalvar (varname));
436 if (TYPE_CODE (value_type (val)) == TYPE_CODE_INT)
437 retval = (int) value_as_long (val);
438 else
439 {
440 printf_filtered (_("Convenience variable must have integer value.\n"));
441 retval = 0;
442 }
443 }
444 else
445 {
446 if (*p == '-')
447 ++p;
448 while (*p >= '0' && *p <= '9')
449 ++p;
450 if (p == *pp)
451 /* There is no number here. (e.g. "cond a == b"). */
452 {
453 /* Skip non-numeric token */
454 while (*p && !isspace((int) *p))
455 ++p;
456 /* Return zero, which caller must interpret as error. */
457 retval = 0;
458 }
459 else
460 retval = atoi (*pp);
461 }
462 if (!(isspace (*p) || *p == '\0' || *p == trailer))
463 {
464 /* Trailing junk: return 0 and let caller print error msg. */
465 while (!(isspace (*p) || *p == '\0' || *p == trailer))
466 ++p;
467 retval = 0;
468 }
469 while (isspace (*p))
470 p++;
471 *pp = p;
472 return retval;
473 }
474
475
476 /* Like get_number_trailer, but don't allow a trailer. */
477 int
478 get_number (char **pp)
479 {
480 return get_number_trailer (pp, '\0');
481 }
482
483 /* Parse a number or a range.
484 * A number will be of the form handled by get_number.
485 * A range will be of the form <number1> - <number2>, and
486 * will represent all the integers between number1 and number2,
487 * inclusive.
488 *
489 * While processing a range, this fuction is called iteratively;
490 * At each call it will return the next value in the range.
491 *
492 * At the beginning of parsing a range, the char pointer PP will
493 * be advanced past <number1> and left pointing at the '-' token.
494 * Subsequent calls will not advance the pointer until the range
495 * is completed. The call that completes the range will advance
496 * pointer PP past <number2>.
497 */
498
499 int
500 get_number_or_range (char **pp)
501 {
502 static int last_retval, end_value;
503 static char *end_ptr;
504 static int in_range = 0;
505
506 if (**pp != '-')
507 {
508 /* Default case: pp is pointing either to a solo number,
509 or to the first number of a range. */
510 last_retval = get_number_trailer (pp, '-');
511 if (**pp == '-')
512 {
513 char **temp;
514
515 /* This is the start of a range (<number1> - <number2>).
516 Skip the '-', parse and remember the second number,
517 and also remember the end of the final token. */
518
519 temp = &end_ptr;
520 end_ptr = *pp + 1;
521 while (isspace ((int) *end_ptr))
522 end_ptr++; /* skip white space */
523 end_value = get_number (temp);
524 if (end_value < last_retval)
525 {
526 error (_("inverted range"));
527 }
528 else if (end_value == last_retval)
529 {
530 /* degenerate range (number1 == number2). Advance the
531 token pointer so that the range will be treated as a
532 single number. */
533 *pp = end_ptr;
534 }
535 else
536 in_range = 1;
537 }
538 }
539 else if (! in_range)
540 error (_("negative value"));
541 else
542 {
543 /* pp points to the '-' that betokens a range. All
544 number-parsing has already been done. Return the next
545 integer value (one greater than the saved previous value).
546 Do not advance the token pointer 'pp' until the end of range
547 is reached. */
548
549 if (++last_retval == end_value)
550 {
551 /* End of range reached; advance token pointer. */
552 *pp = end_ptr;
553 in_range = 0;
554 }
555 }
556 return last_retval;
557 }
558
559
560 \f
561 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
562
563 static void
564 condition_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
565 {
566 struct breakpoint *b;
567 char *p;
568 int bnum;
569
570 if (arg == 0)
571 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
572
573 p = arg;
574 bnum = get_number (&p);
575 if (bnum == 0)
576 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg);
577
578 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
579 if (b->number == bnum)
580 {
581 if (b->cond)
582 {
583 xfree (b->cond);
584 b->cond = 0;
585 }
586 if (b->cond_string != NULL)
587 xfree (b->cond_string);
588
589 if (*p == 0)
590 {
591 b->cond = 0;
592 b->cond_string = NULL;
593 if (from_tty)
594 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), bnum);
595 }
596 else
597 {
598 arg = p;
599 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
600 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
601 b->cond_string = savestring (arg, strlen (arg));
602 if (!b->pending)
603 {
604 b->cond = parse_exp_1 (&arg, block_for_pc (b->loc->address), 0);
605 if (*arg)
606 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
607 }
608 }
609 breakpoints_changed ();
610 breakpoint_modify_event (b->number);
611 return;
612 }
613
614 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum);
615 }
616
617 static void
618 commands_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
619 {
620 struct breakpoint *b;
621 char *p;
622 int bnum;
623 struct command_line *l;
624
625 /* If we allowed this, we would have problems with when to
626 free the storage, if we change the commands currently
627 being read from. */
628
629 if (executing_breakpoint_commands)
630 error (_("Can't use the \"commands\" command among a breakpoint's commands."));
631
632 p = arg;
633 bnum = get_number (&p);
634
635 if (p && *p)
636 error (_("Unexpected extra arguments following breakpoint number."));
637
638 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
639 if (b->number == bnum)
640 {
641 char *tmpbuf = xstrprintf ("Type commands for when breakpoint %d is hit, one per line.",
642 bnum);
643 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, tmpbuf);
644 l = read_command_lines (tmpbuf, from_tty);
645 do_cleanups (cleanups);
646 free_command_lines (&b->commands);
647 b->commands = l;
648 breakpoints_changed ();
649 breakpoint_modify_event (b->number);
650 return;
651 }
652 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum);
653 }
654
655 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
656 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
657
658 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
659 that are part of if and while bodies. */
660 enum command_control_type
661 commands_from_control_command (char *arg, struct command_line *cmd)
662 {
663 struct breakpoint *b;
664 char *p;
665 int bnum;
666
667 /* If we allowed this, we would have problems with when to
668 free the storage, if we change the commands currently
669 being read from. */
670
671 if (executing_breakpoint_commands)
672 error (_("Can't use the \"commands\" command among a breakpoint's commands."));
673
674 /* An empty string for the breakpoint number means the last
675 breakpoint, but get_number expects a NULL pointer. */
676 if (arg && !*arg)
677 p = NULL;
678 else
679 p = arg;
680 bnum = get_number (&p);
681
682 if (p && *p)
683 error (_("Unexpected extra arguments following breakpoint number."));
684
685 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
686 if (b->number == bnum)
687 {
688 free_command_lines (&b->commands);
689 if (cmd->body_count != 1)
690 error (_("Invalid \"commands\" block structure."));
691 /* We need to copy the commands because if/while will free the
692 list after it finishes execution. */
693 b->commands = copy_command_lines (cmd->body_list[0]);
694 breakpoints_changed ();
695 breakpoint_modify_event (b->number);
696 return simple_control;
697 }
698 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum);
699 }
700 \f
701 /* Like target_read_memory() but if breakpoints are inserted, return
702 the shadow contents instead of the breakpoints themselves.
703
704 Read "memory data" from whatever target or inferior we have.
705 Returns zero if successful, errno value if not. EIO is used
706 for address out of bounds. If breakpoints are inserted, returns
707 shadow contents, not the breakpoints themselves. From breakpoint.c. */
708
709 int
710 read_memory_nobpt (CORE_ADDR memaddr, gdb_byte *myaddr, unsigned len)
711 {
712 int status;
713 struct bp_location *b;
714 CORE_ADDR bp_addr = 0;
715 int bp_size = 0;
716
717 if (BREAKPOINT_FROM_PC (&bp_addr, &bp_size) == NULL)
718 /* No breakpoints on this machine. */
719 return target_read_memory (memaddr, myaddr, len);
720
721 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b)
722 {
723 if (b->owner->type == bp_none)
724 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
725 b->owner->number);
726
727 if (b->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
728 continue;
729 if (!b->inserted)
730 continue;
731 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
732 we need to copy. */
733 bp_addr = b->target_info.placed_address;
734 bp_size = b->target_info.shadow_len;
735 if (bp_size == 0)
736 /* bp isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
737 continue;
738 if (bp_addr + bp_size <= memaddr)
739 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we
740 are reading. */
741 continue;
742 if (bp_addr >= memaddr + len)
743 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
744 reading. */
745 continue;
746 /* Copy the breakpoint from the shadow contents, and recurse for
747 the things before and after. */
748 {
749 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
750 int bptoffset = 0;
751
752 if (bp_addr < memaddr)
753 {
754 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
755 bp_size -= memaddr - bp_addr;
756 bptoffset = memaddr - bp_addr;
757 bp_addr = memaddr;
758 }
759
760 if (bp_addr + bp_size > memaddr + len)
761 {
762 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
763 bp_size -= (bp_addr + bp_size) - (memaddr + len);
764 }
765
766 memcpy (myaddr + bp_addr - memaddr,
767 b->target_info.shadow_contents + bptoffset, bp_size);
768
769 if (bp_addr > memaddr)
770 {
771 /* Copy the section of memory before the breakpoint. */
772 status = read_memory_nobpt (memaddr, myaddr, bp_addr - memaddr);
773 if (status != 0)
774 return status;
775 }
776
777 if (bp_addr + bp_size < memaddr + len)
778 {
779 /* Copy the section of memory after the breakpoint. */
780 status = read_memory_nobpt (bp_addr + bp_size,
781 myaddr + bp_addr + bp_size - memaddr,
782 memaddr + len - (bp_addr + bp_size));
783 if (status != 0)
784 return status;
785 }
786 return 0;
787 }
788 }
789 /* Nothing overlaps. Just call read_memory_noerr. */
790 return target_read_memory (memaddr, myaddr, len);
791 }
792 \f
793
794 /* A wrapper function for inserting catchpoints. */
795 static void
796 insert_catchpoint (struct ui_out *uo, void *args)
797 {
798 struct breakpoint *b = (struct breakpoint *) args;
799 int val = -1;
800
801 switch (b->type)
802 {
803 case bp_catch_fork:
804 target_insert_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
805 break;
806 case bp_catch_vfork:
807 target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
808 break;
809 case bp_catch_exec:
810 target_insert_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
811 break;
812 default:
813 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
814 break;
815 }
816 }
817
818 /* Helper routine: free the value chain for a breakpoint (watchpoint). */
819
820 static void
821 free_valchain (struct bp_location *b)
822 {
823 struct value *v;
824 struct value *n;
825
826 /* Free the saved value chain. We will construct a new one
827 the next time the watchpoint is inserted. */
828 for (v = b->owner->val_chain; v; v = n)
829 {
830 n = value_next (v);
831 value_free (v);
832 }
833 b->owner->val_chain = NULL;
834 }
835
836 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BPT is the breakpoint.
837 Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and DISABLED_BREAKS,
838 PROCESS_WARNING, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
839
840 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an object-style
841 method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
842 static int
843 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location *bpt,
844 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream,
845 int *disabled_breaks, int *process_warning,
846 int *hw_breakpoint_error)
847 {
848 int val = 0;
849
850 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. Disabled
851 breakpoints should not be inserted. */
852 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt->owner))
853 return 0;
854
855 if (bpt->inserted || bpt->duplicate)
856 return 0;
857
858 /* Initialize the target-specific information. */
859 memset (&bpt->target_info, 0, sizeof (bpt->target_info));
860 bpt->target_info.placed_address = bpt->address;
861
862 if (bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
863 || bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
864 {
865 if (bpt->owner->type != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
866 {
867 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
868 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
869 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
870 Two important cases are:
871 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
872 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
873 hardware breakpoint.
874 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is read-write.
875 This means we've previously made the location hardware one, but
876 then the memory map changed, so we undo.
877
878 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will
879 use location types we've just set here, the only possible
880 problem is that memory map has changed during running program,
881 but it's not going to work anyway with current gdb. */
882 struct mem_region *mr
883 = lookup_mem_region (bpt->target_info.placed_address);
884
885 if (mr)
886 {
887 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints)
888 {
889 int changed = 0;
890 enum bp_loc_type new_type;
891
892 if (mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
893 new_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
894 else
895 new_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
896
897 if (new_type != bpt->loc_type)
898 {
899 static int said = 0;
900 bpt->loc_type = new_type;
901 if (!said)
902 {
903 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout, _("\
904 Note: automatically using hardware breakpoints for read-only addresses.\n"));
905 said = 1;
906 }
907 }
908 }
909 else if (bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
910 && mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
911 warning (_("cannot set software breakpoint at readonly address %s"),
912 paddr (bpt->address));
913 }
914 }
915
916 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
917 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
918 || bpt->section == NULL
919 || !(section_is_overlay (bpt->section)))
920 {
921 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
922
923 if (bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
924 val = target_insert_hw_breakpoint (&bpt->target_info);
925 else
926 val = target_insert_breakpoint (&bpt->target_info);
927 }
928 else
929 {
930 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
931 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
932 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
933 {
934 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
935 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
936 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
937 if (bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
938 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
939 bpt->owner->number);
940 else
941 {
942 CORE_ADDR addr = overlay_unmapped_address (bpt->address,
943 bpt->section);
944 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
945 bpt->overlay_target_info = bpt->target_info;
946 bpt->overlay_target_info.placed_address = addr;
947 val = target_insert_breakpoint (&bpt->overlay_target_info);
948 if (val != 0)
949 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
950 "Overlay breakpoint %d failed: in ROM?",
951 bpt->owner->number);
952 }
953 }
954 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
955 if (section_is_mapped (bpt->section))
956 {
957 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
958 if (bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
959 val = target_insert_hw_breakpoint (&bpt->target_info);
960 else
961 val = target_insert_breakpoint (&bpt->target_info);
962 }
963 else
964 {
965 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
966 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
967 return 0;
968 }
969 }
970
971 if (val)
972 {
973 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
974 if (
975 #if defined (DISABLE_UNSETTABLE_BREAK)
976 DISABLE_UNSETTABLE_BREAK (bpt->address)
977 #else
978 solib_address (bpt->address)
979 #endif
980 )
981 {
982 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
983 val = 0;
984 bpt->owner->enable_state = bp_shlib_disabled;
985 if (!*disabled_breaks)
986 {
987 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
988 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
989 bpt->owner->number);
990 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
991 "Temporarily disabling shared library breakpoints:\n");
992 }
993 *disabled_breaks = 1;
994 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
995 "breakpoint #%d\n", bpt->owner->number);
996 }
997 else
998 {
999 #ifdef ONE_PROCESS_WRITETEXT
1000 *process_warning = 1;
1001 #endif
1002 if (bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1003 {
1004 *hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
1005 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1006 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d.\n",
1007 bpt->owner->number);
1008 }
1009 else
1010 {
1011 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1012 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
1013 bpt->owner->number);
1014 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream,
1015 "Error accessing memory address ");
1016 deprecated_print_address_numeric (bpt->address, 1, tmp_error_stream);
1017 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream, ": %s.\n",
1018 safe_strerror (val));
1019 }
1020
1021 }
1022 }
1023 else
1024 bpt->inserted = 1;
1025
1026 return val;
1027 }
1028
1029 else if (bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
1030 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
1031 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
1032 && bpt->owner->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
1033 {
1034 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-08: This code sets multiple hardware watchpoints
1035 based on the expression. Ideally this should happen at a higher level,
1036 and there should be one bp_location for each computed address we
1037 must watch. As soon as a many-to-one mapping is available I'll
1038 convert this. */
1039
1040 int within_current_scope;
1041 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
1042 struct value *v;
1043 struct frame_id saved_frame_id;
1044
1045 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1046 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1047 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1048 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1049 selected frame. */
1050 saved_frame_id = get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1051
1052 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1053 if (bpt->owner->exp_valid_block == NULL)
1054 within_current_scope = 1;
1055 else
1056 {
1057 struct frame_info *fi;
1058 fi = frame_find_by_id (bpt->owner->watchpoint_frame);
1059 within_current_scope = (fi != NULL);
1060 if (within_current_scope)
1061 select_frame (fi);
1062 }
1063
1064 if (within_current_scope)
1065 {
1066 free_valchain (bpt);
1067
1068 /* Evaluate the expression and cut the chain of values
1069 produced off from the value chain.
1070
1071 Make sure the value returned isn't lazy; we use
1072 laziness to determine what memory GDB actually needed
1073 in order to compute the value of the expression. */
1074 v = evaluate_expression (bpt->owner->exp);
1075 value_contents (v);
1076 value_release_to_mark (mark);
1077
1078 bpt->owner->val_chain = v;
1079 bpt->inserted = 1;
1080
1081 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1082 for (; v; v = value_next (v))
1083 {
1084 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1085 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1086 must watch it. */
1087 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory
1088 && ! value_lazy (v))
1089 {
1090 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
1091
1092 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1093 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1094 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1095 if (v == bpt->owner->val_chain
1096 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1097 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
1098 {
1099 CORE_ADDR addr;
1100 int len, type;
1101
1102 addr = VALUE_ADDRESS (v) + value_offset (v);
1103 len = TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
1104 type = hw_write;
1105 if (bpt->owner->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
1106 type = hw_read;
1107 else if (bpt->owner->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
1108 type = hw_access;
1109
1110 val = target_insert_watchpoint (addr, len, type);
1111 if (val == -1)
1112 {
1113 /* Don't exit the loop, try to insert
1114 every value on the value chain. That's
1115 because we will be removing all the
1116 watches below, and removing a
1117 watchpoint we didn't insert could have
1118 adverse effects. */
1119 bpt->inserted = 0;
1120 }
1121 val = 0;
1122 }
1123 }
1124 }
1125 /* Failure to insert a watchpoint on any memory value in the
1126 value chain brings us here. */
1127 if (!bpt->inserted)
1128 {
1129 remove_breakpoint (bpt, mark_uninserted);
1130 *hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
1131 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1132 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
1133 bpt->owner->number);
1134 val = -1;
1135 }
1136 }
1137 else
1138 {
1139 printf_filtered (_("\
1140 Hardware watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block \n\
1141 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
1142 bpt->owner->number);
1143 if (bpt->owner->related_breakpoint)
1144 bpt->owner->related_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1145 bpt->owner->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1146 }
1147
1148 /* Restore the selected frame. */
1149 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id));
1150
1151 return val;
1152 }
1153
1154 else if (ep_is_exception_catchpoint (bpt->owner))
1155 {
1156 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: This code sets both a catchpoint and a
1157 breakpoint. Once again, it would be better if this was represented
1158 as two bp_locations. */
1159
1160 /* If we get here, we must have a callback mechanism for exception
1161 events -- with g++ style embedded label support, we insert
1162 ordinary breakpoints and not catchpoints. */
1163 val = target_insert_breakpoint (&bpt->target_info);
1164 if (val)
1165 {
1166 /* Couldn't set breakpoint for some reason */
1167 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1168 "Cannot insert catchpoint %d; disabling it.\n",
1169 bpt->owner->number);
1170 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream,
1171 "Error accessing memory address ");
1172 deprecated_print_address_numeric (bpt->address, 1, tmp_error_stream);
1173 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream, ": %s.\n",
1174 safe_strerror (val));
1175 bpt->owner->enable_state = bp_disabled;
1176 }
1177 else
1178 {
1179 /* Bp set, now make sure callbacks are enabled */
1180 /* Format possible error msg */
1181 char *message = xstrprintf ("Error inserting catchpoint %d:\n",
1182 bpt->owner->number);
1183 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
1184 int val;
1185 args_for_catchpoint_enable args;
1186 args.kind = bpt->owner->type == bp_catch_catch ?
1187 EX_EVENT_CATCH : EX_EVENT_THROW;
1188 args.enable_p = 1;
1189 val = catch_errors (cover_target_enable_exception_callback,
1190 &args, message, RETURN_MASK_ALL);
1191 do_cleanups (cleanups);
1192 if (val != 0 && val != -1)
1193 bpt->inserted = 1;
1194
1195 /* Check if something went wrong; val == 0 can be ignored */
1196 if (val == -1)
1197 {
1198 /* something went wrong */
1199 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1200 "Cannot insert catchpoint %d; disabling it.\n",
1201 bpt->owner->number);
1202 bpt->owner->enable_state = bp_disabled;
1203 }
1204 }
1205
1206 return val;
1207 }
1208
1209 else if (bpt->owner->type == bp_catch_fork
1210 || bpt->owner->type == bp_catch_vfork
1211 || bpt->owner->type == bp_catch_exec)
1212 {
1213 struct gdb_exception e = catch_exception (uiout, insert_catchpoint,
1214 bpt->owner, RETURN_MASK_ERROR);
1215 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr, e, "warning: inserting catchpoint %d: ",
1216 bpt->owner->number);
1217 if (e.reason < 0)
1218 bpt->owner->enable_state = bp_disabled;
1219 else
1220 bpt->inserted = 1;
1221
1222 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
1223 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
1224 so just return success. */
1225 return 0;
1226 }
1227
1228 return 0;
1229 }
1230
1231 /* insert_breakpoints is used when starting or continuing the program.
1232 remove_breakpoints is used when the program stops.
1233 Both return zero if successful,
1234 or an `errno' value if could not write the inferior. */
1235
1236 int
1237 insert_breakpoints (void)
1238 {
1239 struct bp_location *b, *temp;
1240 int return_val = 0; /* return success code. */
1241 int val = 0;
1242 int disabled_breaks = 0;
1243 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
1244 int process_warning = 0;
1245
1246 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
1247 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
1248
1249 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
1250 there was an error. */
1251 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "Warning:\n");
1252
1253 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_SAFE (b, temp)
1254 {
1255 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. Disabled
1256 breakpoints should not be inserted. */
1257 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b->owner))
1258 continue;
1259
1260 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if the
1261 thread no longer exists. */
1262 if (b->owner->thread != -1
1263 && !valid_thread_id (b->owner->thread))
1264 continue;
1265
1266 /* FIXME drow/2003-10-07: This code should be pushed elsewhere when
1267 hardware watchpoints are split into multiple loc breakpoints. */
1268 if ((b->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
1269 || b->owner->type == bp_watchpoint) && !b->owner->val)
1270 {
1271 struct value *val;
1272 val = evaluate_expression (b->owner->exp);
1273 release_value (val);
1274 if (value_lazy (val))
1275 value_fetch_lazy (val);
1276 b->owner->val = val;
1277 }
1278
1279 val = insert_bp_location (b, tmp_error_stream,
1280 &disabled_breaks, &process_warning,
1281 &hw_breakpoint_error);
1282 if (val)
1283 return_val = val;
1284 }
1285
1286 if (return_val)
1287 {
1288 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
1289 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
1290 if (hw_breakpoint_error)
1291 {
1292 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1293 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
1294 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
1295 }
1296 #ifdef ONE_PROCESS_WRITETEXT
1297 if (process_warning)
1298 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1299 "The same program may be running in another process.");
1300 #endif
1301 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
1302 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
1303 }
1304 return return_val;
1305 }
1306
1307 int
1308 remove_breakpoints (void)
1309 {
1310 struct bp_location *b;
1311 int val;
1312
1313 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b)
1314 {
1315 if (b->inserted)
1316 {
1317 val = remove_breakpoint (b, mark_uninserted);
1318 if (val != 0)
1319 return val;
1320 }
1321 }
1322 return 0;
1323 }
1324
1325 int
1326 remove_hw_watchpoints (void)
1327 {
1328 struct bp_location *b;
1329 int val;
1330
1331 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b)
1332 {
1333 if (b->inserted && b->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint)
1334 {
1335 val = remove_breakpoint (b, mark_uninserted);
1336 if (val != 0)
1337 return val;
1338 }
1339 }
1340 return 0;
1341 }
1342
1343 int
1344 reattach_breakpoints (int pid)
1345 {
1346 struct bp_location *b;
1347 int val;
1348 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
1349
1350 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint uses this global. */
1351 inferior_ptid = pid_to_ptid (pid);
1352 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b)
1353 {
1354 if (b->inserted)
1355 {
1356 remove_breakpoint (b, mark_inserted);
1357 /* Note: since we insert a breakpoint right after removing,
1358 any decisions about automatically using hardware breakpoints
1359 made in insert_bp_location are preserved. */
1360 if (b->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1361 val = target_insert_hw_breakpoint (&b->target_info);
1362 else
1363 val = target_insert_breakpoint (&b->target_info);
1364 /* FIXME drow/2003-10-07: This doesn't handle any other kinds of
1365 breakpoints. It's wrong for watchpoints, for example. */
1366 if (val != 0)
1367 {
1368 do_cleanups (old_chain);
1369 return val;
1370 }
1371 }
1372 }
1373 do_cleanups (old_chain);
1374 return 0;
1375 }
1376
1377 void
1378 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
1379 {
1380 struct breakpoint *b;
1381 struct breakpoint *temp;
1382
1383 /* Doing this first prevents the badness of having delete_breakpoint()
1384 write a breakpoint's current "shadow contents" to lift the bp. That
1385 shadow is NOT valid after an exec()! */
1386 mark_breakpoints_out ();
1387
1388 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp)
1389 {
1390 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
1391 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
1392 {
1393 delete_breakpoint (b);
1394 continue;
1395 }
1396
1397 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
1398 as must overlay event breakpoints. */
1399 if (b->type == bp_thread_event || b->type == bp_overlay_event)
1400 {
1401 delete_breakpoint (b);
1402 continue;
1403 }
1404
1405 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
1406 if (b->type == bp_step_resume)
1407 {
1408 delete_breakpoint (b);
1409 continue;
1410 }
1411
1412 /* Ditto the exception-handling catchpoints. */
1413 if ((b->type == bp_catch_catch) || (b->type == bp_catch_throw))
1414 {
1415 delete_breakpoint (b);
1416 continue;
1417 }
1418
1419 /* Don't delete an exec catchpoint, because else the inferior
1420 won't stop when it ought!
1421
1422 Similarly, we probably ought to keep vfork catchpoints, 'cause
1423 on this target, we may not be able to stop when the vfork is
1424 seen, but only when the subsequent exec is seen. (And because
1425 deleting fork catchpoints here but not vfork catchpoints will
1426 seem mysterious to users, keep those too.)
1427
1428 ??rehrauer: Let's hope that merely clearing out this catchpoint's
1429 target address field, if any, is sufficient to have it be reset
1430 automagically. Certainly on HP-UX that's true.
1431
1432 Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>: Actually, zero is a perfectly
1433 valid code address on some platforms (like the mn10300
1434 simulators). We shouldn't assign any special interpretation to
1435 a breakpoint with a zero address. And in fact, GDB doesn't ---
1436 I can't see what that comment above is talking about. As far
1437 as I can tell, setting the address of a
1438 bp_catch_exec/bp_catch_vfork/bp_catch_fork breakpoint to zero
1439 is meaningless, since those are implemented with HP-UX kernel
1440 hackery, not by storing breakpoint instructions somewhere. */
1441 if ((b->type == bp_catch_exec) ||
1442 (b->type == bp_catch_vfork) ||
1443 (b->type == bp_catch_fork))
1444 {
1445 b->loc->address = (CORE_ADDR) 0;
1446 continue;
1447 }
1448
1449 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
1450 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
1451 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
1452 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
1453 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
1454 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
1455
1456 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
1457 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
1458 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
1459 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
1460 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
1461 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
1462 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
1463
1464 In the absense of a general solution for the "how do we know
1465 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
1466 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
1467 let finish_command delete it.
1468
1469 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
1470 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
1471 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
1472 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
1473 solib breakpoints.) */
1474
1475 if (b->type == bp_finish)
1476 {
1477 continue;
1478 }
1479
1480 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
1481 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
1482 a.out. */
1483 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
1484 {
1485 delete_breakpoint (b);
1486 continue;
1487 }
1488
1489 /* If this breakpoint has survived the above battery of checks, then
1490 it must have a symbolic address. Be sure that it gets reevaluated
1491 to a target address, rather than reusing the old evaluation.
1492
1493 Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>: As explained above in the comment
1494 for bp_catch_exec and friends, I'm pretty sure this is entirely
1495 unnecessary. A call to breakpoint_re_set_one always recomputes
1496 the breakpoint's address from scratch, or deletes it if it can't.
1497 So I think this assignment could be deleted without effect. */
1498 b->loc->address = (CORE_ADDR) 0;
1499 }
1500 /* FIXME what about longjmp breakpoints? Re-create them here? */
1501 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ("_ovly_debug_event");
1502 }
1503
1504 int
1505 detach_breakpoints (int pid)
1506 {
1507 struct bp_location *b;
1508 int val;
1509 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
1510
1511 if (pid == PIDGET (inferior_ptid))
1512 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
1513
1514 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint uses this global. */
1515 inferior_ptid = pid_to_ptid (pid);
1516 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b)
1517 {
1518 if (b->inserted)
1519 {
1520 val = remove_breakpoint (b, mark_inserted);
1521 if (val != 0)
1522 {
1523 do_cleanups (old_chain);
1524 return val;
1525 }
1526 }
1527 }
1528 do_cleanups (old_chain);
1529 return 0;
1530 }
1531
1532 static int
1533 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *b, insertion_state_t is)
1534 {
1535 int val;
1536
1537 if (b->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
1538 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
1539 return 0;
1540
1541 if (b->owner->type == bp_none)
1542 warning (_("attempted to remove apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1543 b->owner->number);
1544
1545 if (b->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1546 || b->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1547 {
1548 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
1549 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
1550 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
1551
1552 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
1553 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
1554 || b->section == NULL
1555 || !(section_is_overlay (b->section)))
1556 {
1557 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
1558
1559 if (b->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1560 val = target_remove_hw_breakpoint (&b->target_info);
1561 else
1562 val = target_remove_breakpoint (&b->target_info);
1563 }
1564 else
1565 {
1566 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
1567 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
1568 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
1569 {
1570 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
1571 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
1572 */
1573 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
1574 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
1575 if (b->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1576 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (&b->overlay_target_info);
1577 else
1578 target_remove_breakpoint (&b->overlay_target_info);
1579 }
1580 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
1581 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
1582 if (b->inserted)
1583 {
1584 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
1585 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
1586 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
1587 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
1588 if (b->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1589 val = target_remove_hw_breakpoint (&b->target_info);
1590 else
1591 val = target_remove_breakpoint (&b->target_info);
1592 }
1593 else
1594 {
1595 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
1596 val = 0;
1597 }
1598 }
1599 if (val)
1600 return val;
1601 b->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
1602 }
1603 else if (b->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
1604 && breakpoint_enabled (b->owner)
1605 && !b->duplicate)
1606 {
1607 struct value *v;
1608 struct value *n;
1609
1610 b->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
1611 /* Walk down the saved value chain. */
1612 for (v = b->owner->val_chain; v; v = value_next (v))
1613 {
1614 /* For each memory reference remove the watchpoint
1615 at that address. */
1616 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory
1617 && ! value_lazy (v))
1618 {
1619 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
1620
1621 if (v == b->owner->val_chain
1622 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1623 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
1624 {
1625 CORE_ADDR addr;
1626 int len, type;
1627
1628 addr = VALUE_ADDRESS (v) + value_offset (v);
1629 len = TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
1630 type = hw_write;
1631 if (b->owner->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
1632 type = hw_read;
1633 else if (b->owner->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
1634 type = hw_access;
1635
1636 val = target_remove_watchpoint (addr, len, type);
1637 if (val == -1)
1638 b->inserted = 1;
1639 val = 0;
1640 }
1641 }
1642 }
1643 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
1644 if ((is == mark_uninserted) && (b->inserted))
1645 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
1646 b->owner->number);
1647 }
1648 else if ((b->owner->type == bp_catch_fork ||
1649 b->owner->type == bp_catch_vfork ||
1650 b->owner->type == bp_catch_exec)
1651 && breakpoint_enabled (b->owner)
1652 && !b->duplicate)
1653 {
1654 val = -1;
1655 switch (b->owner->type)
1656 {
1657 case bp_catch_fork:
1658 val = target_remove_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
1659 break;
1660 case bp_catch_vfork:
1661 val = target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
1662 break;
1663 case bp_catch_exec:
1664 val = target_remove_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
1665 break;
1666 default:
1667 warning (_("Internal error, %s line %d."), __FILE__, __LINE__);
1668 break;
1669 }
1670 if (val)
1671 return val;
1672 b->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
1673 }
1674 else if ((b->owner->type == bp_catch_catch ||
1675 b->owner->type == bp_catch_throw)
1676 && breakpoint_enabled (b->owner)
1677 && !b->duplicate)
1678 {
1679 val = target_remove_breakpoint (&b->target_info);
1680 if (val)
1681 return val;
1682 b->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
1683 }
1684
1685 return 0;
1686 }
1687
1688 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
1689
1690 void
1691 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
1692 {
1693 struct bp_location *bpt;
1694
1695 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt)
1696 bpt->inserted = 0;
1697 }
1698
1699 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
1700 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
1701
1702 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
1703 between runs.
1704
1705 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
1706 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
1707 init_wait_for_inferior). */
1708
1709
1710
1711 void
1712 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context)
1713 {
1714 struct breakpoint *b, *temp;
1715 struct bp_location *bpt;
1716 static int warning_needed = 0;
1717
1718 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt)
1719 bpt->inserted = 0;
1720
1721 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp)
1722 {
1723 switch (b->type)
1724 {
1725 case bp_call_dummy:
1726 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
1727
1728 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
1729 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better
1730 get rid of it.
1731
1732 Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
1733 delete_breakpoint (b);
1734 break;
1735
1736 case bp_watchpoint:
1737 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
1738 case bp_read_watchpoint:
1739 case bp_access_watchpoint:
1740
1741 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
1742 if (b->exp_valid_block != NULL)
1743 delete_breakpoint (b);
1744 if (context == inf_starting)
1745 {
1746 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value
1747 in insert_breakpoints. */
1748 if (b->val)
1749 value_free (b->val);
1750 b->val = NULL;
1751 }
1752 break;
1753 default:
1754 /* Likewise for exception catchpoints in dynamic-linked
1755 executables where required */
1756 if (ep_is_exception_catchpoint (b)
1757 && deprecated_exception_catchpoints_are_fragile)
1758 {
1759 warning_needed = 1;
1760 delete_breakpoint (b);
1761 }
1762 break;
1763 }
1764 }
1765
1766 if (deprecated_exception_catchpoints_are_fragile)
1767 deprecated_exception_support_initialized = 0;
1768
1769 /* Don't issue the warning unless it's really needed... */
1770 if (warning_needed && (context != inf_exited))
1771 {
1772 warning (_("Exception catchpoints from last run were deleted.\n"
1773 "You must reinsert them explicitly."));
1774 warning_needed = 0;
1775 }
1776 }
1777
1778 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
1779 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
1780 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
1781 permanent breakpoint.
1782 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
1783 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
1784 - When continuing from a localion with a permanent breakpoint, we
1785 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
1786 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
1787
1788 enum breakpoint_here
1789 breakpoint_here_p (CORE_ADDR pc)
1790 {
1791 struct bp_location *bpt;
1792 int any_breakpoint_here = 0;
1793
1794 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt)
1795 {
1796 if (bpt->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1797 && bpt->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1798 continue;
1799
1800 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bpt->owner)
1801 || bpt->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
1802 && bpt->address == pc) /* bp is enabled and matches pc */
1803 {
1804 if (overlay_debugging
1805 && section_is_overlay (bpt->section)
1806 && !section_is_mapped (bpt->section))
1807 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
1808 else if (bpt->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
1809 return permanent_breakpoint_here;
1810 else
1811 any_breakpoint_here = 1;
1812 }
1813 }
1814
1815 return any_breakpoint_here ? ordinary_breakpoint_here : 0;
1816 }
1817
1818
1819 /* breakpoint_inserted_here_p (PC) is just like breakpoint_here_p(),
1820 but it only returns true if there is actually a breakpoint inserted
1821 at PC. */
1822
1823 int
1824 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (CORE_ADDR pc)
1825 {
1826 struct bp_location *bpt;
1827
1828 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt)
1829 {
1830 if (bpt->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1831 && bpt->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1832 continue;
1833
1834 if (bpt->inserted
1835 && bpt->address == pc) /* bp is inserted and matches pc */
1836 {
1837 if (overlay_debugging
1838 && section_is_overlay (bpt->section)
1839 && !section_is_mapped (bpt->section))
1840 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
1841 else
1842 return 1;
1843 }
1844 }
1845
1846 /* Also check for software single-step breakpoints. */
1847 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (pc))
1848 return 1;
1849
1850 return 0;
1851 }
1852
1853 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
1854 inserted at PC. */
1855
1856 int
1857 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (CORE_ADDR pc)
1858 {
1859 struct bp_location *bpt;
1860 int any_breakpoint_here = 0;
1861
1862 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt)
1863 {
1864 if (bpt->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
1865 continue;
1866
1867 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bpt->owner)
1868 || bpt->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
1869 && bpt->inserted
1870 && bpt->address == pc) /* bp is enabled and matches pc */
1871 {
1872 if (overlay_debugging
1873 && section_is_overlay (bpt->section)
1874 && !section_is_mapped (bpt->section))
1875 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
1876 else
1877 return 1;
1878 }
1879 }
1880
1881 /* Also check for software single-step breakpoints. */
1882 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (pc))
1883 return 1;
1884
1885 return 0;
1886 }
1887
1888 /* breakpoint_thread_match (PC, PTID) returns true if the breakpoint at
1889 PC is valid for process/thread PTID. */
1890
1891 int
1892 breakpoint_thread_match (CORE_ADDR pc, ptid_t ptid)
1893 {
1894 struct bp_location *bpt;
1895 int thread;
1896
1897 thread = pid_to_thread_id (ptid);
1898
1899 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt)
1900 {
1901 if (bpt->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1902 && bpt->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1903 continue;
1904
1905 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bpt->owner)
1906 || bpt->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
1907 && bpt->address == pc
1908 && (bpt->owner->thread == -1 || bpt->owner->thread == thread))
1909 {
1910 if (overlay_debugging
1911 && section_is_overlay (bpt->section)
1912 && !section_is_mapped (bpt->section))
1913 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
1914 else
1915 return 1;
1916 }
1917 }
1918
1919 return 0;
1920 }
1921 \f
1922
1923 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
1924 in breakpoint.h. */
1925
1926 int
1927 ep_is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *ep)
1928 {
1929 return
1930 (ep->type == bp_catch_load)
1931 || (ep->type == bp_catch_unload)
1932 || (ep->type == bp_catch_fork)
1933 || (ep->type == bp_catch_vfork)
1934 || (ep->type == bp_catch_exec)
1935 || (ep->type == bp_catch_catch)
1936 || (ep->type == bp_catch_throw);
1937
1938 /* ??rehrauer: Add more kinds here, as are implemented... */
1939 }
1940
1941 int
1942 ep_is_shlib_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *ep)
1943 {
1944 return
1945 (ep->type == bp_catch_load)
1946 || (ep->type == bp_catch_unload);
1947 }
1948
1949 int
1950 ep_is_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *ep)
1951 {
1952 return
1953 (ep->type == bp_catch_catch)
1954 || (ep->type == bp_catch_throw);
1955 }
1956
1957 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
1958 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
1959
1960 void
1961 bpstat_clear (bpstat *bsp)
1962 {
1963 bpstat p;
1964 bpstat q;
1965
1966 if (bsp == 0)
1967 return;
1968 p = *bsp;
1969 while (p != NULL)
1970 {
1971 q = p->next;
1972 if (p->old_val != NULL)
1973 value_free (p->old_val);
1974 free_command_lines (&p->commands);
1975 xfree (p);
1976 p = q;
1977 }
1978 *bsp = NULL;
1979 }
1980
1981 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
1982 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
1983
1984 bpstat
1985 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs)
1986 {
1987 bpstat p = NULL;
1988 bpstat tmp;
1989 bpstat retval = NULL;
1990
1991 if (bs == NULL)
1992 return bs;
1993
1994 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
1995 {
1996 tmp = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp));
1997 memcpy (tmp, bs, sizeof (*tmp));
1998 if (bs->commands != NULL)
1999 tmp->commands = copy_command_lines (bs->commands);
2000 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
2001 tmp->old_val = value_copy (bs->old_val);
2002
2003 if (p == NULL)
2004 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
2005 retval = tmp;
2006 else
2007 p->next = tmp;
2008 p = tmp;
2009 }
2010 p->next = NULL;
2011 return retval;
2012 }
2013
2014 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint */
2015
2016 bpstat
2017 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp, struct breakpoint *breakpoint)
2018 {
2019 if (bsp == NULL)
2020 return NULL;
2021
2022 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
2023 {
2024 if (bsp->breakpoint_at == breakpoint)
2025 return bsp;
2026 }
2027 return NULL;
2028 }
2029
2030 /* Find a step_resume breakpoint associated with this bpstat.
2031 (If there are multiple step_resume bp's on the list, this function
2032 will arbitrarily pick one.)
2033
2034 It is an error to use this function if BPSTAT doesn't contain a
2035 step_resume breakpoint.
2036
2037 See wait_for_inferior's use of this function. */
2038 struct breakpoint *
2039 bpstat_find_step_resume_breakpoint (bpstat bsp)
2040 {
2041 int current_thread;
2042
2043 gdb_assert (bsp != NULL);
2044
2045 current_thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
2046
2047 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
2048 {
2049 if ((bsp->breakpoint_at != NULL) &&
2050 (bsp->breakpoint_at->type == bp_step_resume) &&
2051 (bsp->breakpoint_at->thread == current_thread ||
2052 bsp->breakpoint_at->thread == -1))
2053 return bsp->breakpoint_at;
2054 }
2055
2056 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, _("No step_resume breakpoint found."));
2057 }
2058
2059
2060 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are stopped
2061 at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the remaining
2062 breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be good for
2063 anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
2064 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
2065 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
2066 we set it.
2067 Return 1 otherwise. */
2068
2069 int
2070 bpstat_num (bpstat *bsp, int *num)
2071 {
2072 struct breakpoint *b;
2073
2074 if ((*bsp) == NULL)
2075 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
2076
2077 b = (*bsp)->breakpoint_at;
2078 *bsp = (*bsp)->next;
2079 if (b == NULL)
2080 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
2081
2082 *num = b->number; /* We have its number */
2083 return 1;
2084 }
2085
2086 /* Modify BS so that the actions will not be performed. */
2087
2088 void
2089 bpstat_clear_actions (bpstat bs)
2090 {
2091 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
2092 {
2093 free_command_lines (&bs->commands);
2094 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
2095 {
2096 value_free (bs->old_val);
2097 bs->old_val = NULL;
2098 }
2099 }
2100 }
2101
2102 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint command */
2103 static void
2104 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore)
2105 {
2106 executing_breakpoint_commands = 0;
2107 }
2108
2109 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at this
2110 location. Any of these commands could cause the process to proceed
2111 beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by checking
2112 the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command. */
2113
2114 void
2115 bpstat_do_actions (bpstat *bsp)
2116 {
2117 bpstat bs;
2118 struct cleanup *old_chain;
2119
2120 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
2121 in bs->commands. */
2122 if (executing_breakpoint_commands)
2123 return;
2124
2125 executing_breakpoint_commands = 1;
2126 old_chain = make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints, 0);
2127
2128 top:
2129 /* Note that (as of this writing), our callers all appear to
2130 be passing us the address of global stop_bpstat. And, if
2131 our calls to execute_control_command cause the inferior to
2132 proceed, that global (and hence, *bsp) will change.
2133
2134 We must be careful to not touch *bsp unless the inferior
2135 has not proceeded. */
2136
2137 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
2138 bs = *bsp;
2139
2140 breakpoint_proceeded = 0;
2141 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
2142 {
2143 struct command_line *cmd;
2144 struct cleanup *this_cmd_tree_chain;
2145
2146 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
2147
2148 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
2149 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
2150 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
2151 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
2152 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
2153 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
2154 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
2155 the tree when we're done. */
2156 cmd = bs->commands;
2157 bs->commands = 0;
2158 this_cmd_tree_chain = make_cleanup_free_command_lines (&cmd);
2159
2160 while (cmd != NULL)
2161 {
2162 execute_control_command (cmd);
2163
2164 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
2165 break;
2166 else
2167 cmd = cmd->next;
2168 }
2169
2170 /* We can free this command tree now. */
2171 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain);
2172
2173 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
2174 /* The inferior is proceeded by the command; bomb out now.
2175 The bpstat chain has been blown away by wait_for_inferior.
2176 But since execution has stopped again, there is a new bpstat
2177 to look at, so start over. */
2178 goto top;
2179 }
2180 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2181 }
2182
2183 /* This is the normal print function for a bpstat. In the future,
2184 much of this logic could (should?) be moved to bpstat_stop_status,
2185 by having it set different print_it values.
2186
2187 Current scheme: When we stop, bpstat_print() is called. It loops
2188 through the bpstat list of things causing this stop, calling the
2189 print_bp_stop_message function on each one. The behavior of the
2190 print_bp_stop_message function depends on the print_it field of
2191 bpstat. If such field so indicates, call this function here.
2192
2193 Return values from this routine (ultimately used by bpstat_print()
2194 and normal_stop() to decide what to do):
2195 PRINT_NOTHING: Means we already printed all we needed to print,
2196 don't print anything else.
2197 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, and we do *not* desire
2198 that something to be followed by a location.
2199 PRINT_SCR_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and we *do* desire
2200 that something to be followed by a location.
2201 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing or we need to do some more
2202 analysis. */
2203
2204 static enum print_stop_action
2205 print_it_typical (bpstat bs)
2206 {
2207 struct cleanup *old_chain, *ui_out_chain;
2208 struct ui_stream *stb;
2209 stb = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
2210 old_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb);
2211 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
2212 which has since been deleted. */
2213 if (bs->breakpoint_at == NULL)
2214 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
2215
2216 switch (bs->breakpoint_at->type)
2217 {
2218 case bp_breakpoint:
2219 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
2220 if (bs->breakpoint_at->loc->address != bs->breakpoint_at->loc->requested_address)
2221 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bs->breakpoint_at->loc->requested_address,
2222 bs->breakpoint_at->loc->address,
2223 bs->breakpoint_at->number, 1);
2224 annotate_breakpoint (bs->breakpoint_at->number);
2225 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nBreakpoint ");
2226 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
2227 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
2228 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
2229 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", bs->breakpoint_at->number);
2230 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
2231 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
2232 break;
2233
2234 case bp_shlib_event:
2235 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
2236 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
2237 to shlib event" message.) */
2238 printf_filtered (_("Stopped due to shared library event\n"));
2239 return PRINT_NOTHING;
2240 break;
2241
2242 case bp_thread_event:
2243 /* Not sure how we will get here.
2244 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
2245 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
2246 return PRINT_NOTHING;
2247 break;
2248
2249 case bp_overlay_event:
2250 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
2251 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
2252 return PRINT_NOTHING;
2253 break;
2254
2255 case bp_catch_load:
2256 annotate_catchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at->number);
2257 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (loaded %s), "),
2258 bs->breakpoint_at->number,
2259 bs->breakpoint_at->triggered_dll_pathname);
2260 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
2261 break;
2262
2263 case bp_catch_unload:
2264 annotate_catchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at->number);
2265 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (unloaded %s), "),
2266 bs->breakpoint_at->number,
2267 bs->breakpoint_at->triggered_dll_pathname);
2268 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
2269 break;
2270
2271 case bp_catch_fork:
2272 annotate_catchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at->number);
2273 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (forked process %d), "),
2274 bs->breakpoint_at->number,
2275 bs->breakpoint_at->forked_inferior_pid);
2276 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
2277 break;
2278
2279 case bp_catch_vfork:
2280 annotate_catchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at->number);
2281 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (vforked process %d), "),
2282 bs->breakpoint_at->number,
2283 bs->breakpoint_at->forked_inferior_pid);
2284 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
2285 break;
2286
2287 case bp_catch_exec:
2288 annotate_catchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at->number);
2289 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (exec'd %s), "),
2290 bs->breakpoint_at->number,
2291 bs->breakpoint_at->exec_pathname);
2292 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
2293 break;
2294
2295 case bp_catch_catch:
2296 if (current_exception_event &&
2297 (CURRENT_EXCEPTION_KIND == EX_EVENT_CATCH))
2298 {
2299 annotate_catchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at->number);
2300 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (exception caught), "),
2301 bs->breakpoint_at->number);
2302 if (CURRENT_EXCEPTION_THROW_PC && CURRENT_EXCEPTION_THROW_LINE)
2303 printf_filtered (_("throw location %s:%d, "),
2304 CURRENT_EXCEPTION_THROW_FILE,
2305 CURRENT_EXCEPTION_THROW_LINE);
2306 else
2307 printf_filtered (_("throw location unknown, "));
2308
2309 if (CURRENT_EXCEPTION_CATCH_PC && CURRENT_EXCEPTION_CATCH_LINE)
2310 printf_filtered (_("catch location %s:%d\n"),
2311 CURRENT_EXCEPTION_CATCH_FILE,
2312 CURRENT_EXCEPTION_CATCH_LINE);
2313 else
2314 printf_filtered (_("catch location unknown\n"));
2315
2316 /* don't bother to print location frame info */
2317 return PRINT_SRC_ONLY;
2318 }
2319 else
2320 {
2321 /* really throw, some other bpstat will handle it */
2322 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
2323 }
2324 break;
2325
2326 case bp_catch_throw:
2327 if (current_exception_event &&
2328 (CURRENT_EXCEPTION_KIND == EX_EVENT_THROW))
2329 {
2330 annotate_catchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at->number);
2331 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (exception thrown), "),
2332 bs->breakpoint_at->number);
2333 if (CURRENT_EXCEPTION_THROW_PC && CURRENT_EXCEPTION_THROW_LINE)
2334 printf_filtered (_("throw location %s:%d, "),
2335 CURRENT_EXCEPTION_THROW_FILE,
2336 CURRENT_EXCEPTION_THROW_LINE);
2337 else
2338 printf_filtered (_("throw location unknown, "));
2339
2340 if (CURRENT_EXCEPTION_CATCH_PC && CURRENT_EXCEPTION_CATCH_LINE)
2341 printf_filtered (_("catch location %s:%d\n"),
2342 CURRENT_EXCEPTION_CATCH_FILE,
2343 CURRENT_EXCEPTION_CATCH_LINE);
2344 else
2345 printf_filtered (_("catch location unknown\n"));
2346
2347 /* don't bother to print location frame info */
2348 return PRINT_SRC_ONLY;
2349 }
2350 else
2351 {
2352 /* really catch, some other bpstat will handle it */
2353 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
2354 }
2355 break;
2356
2357 case bp_watchpoint:
2358 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
2359 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
2360 {
2361 annotate_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at->number);
2362 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
2363 ui_out_field_string
2364 (uiout, "reason",
2365 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
2366 mention (bs->breakpoint_at);
2367 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
2368 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
2369 value_print (bs->old_val, stb->stream, 0, Val_pretty_default);
2370 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
2371 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
2372 value_print (bs->breakpoint_at->val, stb->stream, 0, Val_pretty_default);
2373 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
2374 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
2375 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
2376 value_free (bs->old_val);
2377 bs->old_val = NULL;
2378 }
2379 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
2380 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
2381 break;
2382
2383 case bp_read_watchpoint:
2384 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
2385 ui_out_field_string
2386 (uiout, "reason",
2387 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
2388 mention (bs->breakpoint_at);
2389 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
2390 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
2391 value_print (bs->breakpoint_at->val, stb->stream, 0, Val_pretty_default);
2392 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "value", stb);
2393 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
2394 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
2395 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
2396 break;
2397
2398 case bp_access_watchpoint:
2399 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
2400 {
2401 annotate_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at->number);
2402 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
2403 ui_out_field_string
2404 (uiout, "reason",
2405 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
2406 mention (bs->breakpoint_at);
2407 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
2408 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
2409 value_print (bs->old_val, stb->stream, 0, Val_pretty_default);
2410 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
2411 value_free (bs->old_val);
2412 bs->old_val = NULL;
2413 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
2414 }
2415 else
2416 {
2417 mention (bs->breakpoint_at);
2418 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
2419 ui_out_field_string
2420 (uiout, "reason",
2421 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
2422 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
2423 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
2424 }
2425 value_print (bs->breakpoint_at->val, stb->stream, 0,Val_pretty_default);
2426 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
2427 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
2428 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
2429 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
2430 break;
2431
2432 /* Fall through, we don't deal with these types of breakpoints
2433 here. */
2434
2435 case bp_finish:
2436 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
2437 ui_out_field_string
2438 (uiout, "reason",
2439 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FUNCTION_FINISHED));
2440 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
2441 break;
2442
2443 case bp_until:
2444 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
2445 ui_out_field_string
2446 (uiout, "reason",
2447 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED));
2448 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
2449 break;
2450
2451 case bp_none:
2452 case bp_longjmp:
2453 case bp_longjmp_resume:
2454 case bp_step_resume:
2455 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
2456 case bp_call_dummy:
2457 default:
2458 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
2459 }
2460 }
2461
2462 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
2463 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
2464 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
2465 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
2466 normal_stop(). */
2467
2468 static enum print_stop_action
2469 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs)
2470 {
2471 switch (bs->print_it)
2472 {
2473 case print_it_noop:
2474 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
2475 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
2476 break;
2477
2478 case print_it_done:
2479 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
2480 relevant messages. */
2481 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
2482 break;
2483
2484 case print_it_normal:
2485 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method, or
2486 print_it_typical. */
2487 if (bs->breakpoint_at != NULL && bs->breakpoint_at->ops != NULL
2488 && bs->breakpoint_at->ops->print_it != NULL)
2489 return bs->breakpoint_at->ops->print_it (bs->breakpoint_at);
2490 else
2491 return print_it_typical (bs);
2492 break;
2493
2494 default:
2495 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
2496 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
2497 break;
2498 }
2499 }
2500
2501 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
2502 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
2503 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. This
2504 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
2505 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
2506 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
2507 routine is one of:
2508
2509 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing
2510 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
2511 code to print the location. An example is
2512 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
2513 the location.
2514 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
2515 to also print the location part of the message.
2516 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
2517 don't require a location appended to the end.
2518 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
2519 further info to be printed.*/
2520
2521 enum print_stop_action
2522 bpstat_print (bpstat bs)
2523 {
2524 int val;
2525
2526 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
2527 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
2528 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
2529 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
2530 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
2531 {
2532 val = print_bp_stop_message (bs);
2533 if (val == PRINT_SRC_ONLY
2534 || val == PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
2535 || val == PRINT_NOTHING)
2536 return val;
2537 }
2538
2539 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
2540 with and nothing was printed. */
2541 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
2542 }
2543
2544 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero.
2545 This is used inside a catch_errors to evaluate the breakpoint condition.
2546 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to char * to
2547 make it pass through catch_errors. */
2548
2549 static int
2550 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp)
2551 {
2552 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
2553 int i = !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression *) exp));
2554 value_free_to_mark (mark);
2555 return i;
2556 }
2557
2558 /* Allocate a new bpstat and chain it to the current one. */
2559
2560 static bpstat
2561 bpstat_alloc (struct breakpoint *b, bpstat cbs /* Current "bs" value */ )
2562 {
2563 bpstat bs;
2564
2565 bs = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs));
2566 cbs->next = bs;
2567 bs->breakpoint_at = b;
2568 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
2569 bs->commands = NULL;
2570 bs->old_val = NULL;
2571 bs->print_it = print_it_normal;
2572 return bs;
2573 }
2574 \f
2575 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
2576 because of check_errors). */
2577 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
2578 #define WP_DELETED 1
2579 /* The value has changed. */
2580 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
2581 /* The value has not changed. */
2582 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
2583
2584 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
2585 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
2586
2587 /* Check watchpoint condition. */
2588
2589 static int
2590 watchpoint_check (void *p)
2591 {
2592 bpstat bs = (bpstat) p;
2593 struct breakpoint *b;
2594 struct frame_info *fr;
2595 int within_current_scope;
2596
2597 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
2598
2599 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
2600 within_current_scope = 1;
2601 else
2602 {
2603 /* There is no current frame at this moment. If we're going to have
2604 any chance of handling watchpoints on local variables, we'll need
2605 the frame chain (so we can determine if we're in scope). */
2606 reinit_frame_cache ();
2607 fr = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
2608 within_current_scope = (fr != NULL);
2609
2610 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
2611 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
2612 if (within_current_scope
2613 && block_function (b->exp_valid_block) != get_frame_function (fr))
2614 within_current_scope = 0;
2615
2616 /* in_function_epilogue_p() returns a non-zero value if we're still
2617 in the function but the stack frame has already been invalidated.
2618 Since we can't rely on the values of local variables after the
2619 stack has been destroyed, we are treating the watchpoint in that
2620 state as `not changed' without further checking.
2621
2622 vinschen/2003-09-04: The former implementation left out the case
2623 that the watchpoint frame couldn't be found by frame_find_by_id()
2624 because the current PC is currently in an epilogue. Calling
2625 gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p() also when fr == NULL fixes that. */
2626 if ((!within_current_scope || fr == get_current_frame ())
2627 && gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (current_gdbarch, read_pc ()))
2628 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED;
2629 if (fr && within_current_scope)
2630 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
2631 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
2632 the user. */
2633 select_frame (fr);
2634 }
2635
2636 if (within_current_scope)
2637 {
2638 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a
2639 *long* time before we return to the command level and
2640 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because
2641 we might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
2642
2643 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
2644 struct value *new_val = evaluate_expression (bs->breakpoint_at->exp);
2645 if (!value_equal (b->val, new_val))
2646 {
2647 release_value (new_val);
2648 value_free_to_mark (mark);
2649 bs->old_val = b->val;
2650 b->val = new_val;
2651 /* We will stop here */
2652 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
2653 }
2654 else
2655 {
2656 /* Nothing changed, don't do anything. */
2657 value_free_to_mark (mark);
2658 /* We won't stop here */
2659 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED;
2660 }
2661 }
2662 else
2663 {
2664 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
2665 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
2666 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
2667 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
2668 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
2669 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
2670 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
2671 the first value assigned). */
2672 /* We print all the stop information in print_it_typical(), but
2673 in this case, by the time we call print_it_typical() this bp
2674 will be deleted already. So we have no choice but print the
2675 information here. */
2676 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
2677 ui_out_field_string
2678 (uiout, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE));
2679 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nWatchpoint ");
2680 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "wpnum", bs->breakpoint_at->number);
2681 ui_out_text (uiout, " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\
2682 which its expression is valid.\n");
2683
2684 if (b->related_breakpoint)
2685 b->related_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
2686 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
2687
2688 return WP_DELETED;
2689 }
2690 }
2691
2692 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
2693 BP_ADDR in thread PTID. STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT is 1 if the
2694 target thinks we stopped due to a hardware watchpoint, 0 if we
2695 know we did not trigger a hardware watchpoint, and -1 if we do not know. */
2696
2697 /* Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
2698 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such that:
2699
2700 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
2701
2702 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
2703
2704 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
2705 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
2706 several reasons concurrently.)
2707
2708 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
2709 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
2710
2711 bpstat
2712 bpstat_stop_status (CORE_ADDR bp_addr, ptid_t ptid, int stopped_by_watchpoint)
2713 {
2714 struct breakpoint *b, *temp;
2715 /* True if we've hit a breakpoint (as opposed to a watchpoint). */
2716 int real_breakpoint = 0;
2717 /* Root of the chain of bpstat's */
2718 struct bpstats root_bs[1];
2719 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
2720 bpstat bs = root_bs;
2721 int thread_id = pid_to_thread_id (ptid);
2722
2723 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp)
2724 {
2725 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
2726 continue;
2727
2728 if (b->type != bp_watchpoint
2729 && b->type != bp_hardware_watchpoint
2730 && b->type != bp_read_watchpoint
2731 && b->type != bp_access_watchpoint
2732 && b->type != bp_hardware_breakpoint
2733 && b->type != bp_catch_fork
2734 && b->type != bp_catch_vfork
2735 && b->type != bp_catch_exec
2736 && b->type != bp_catch_catch
2737 && b->type != bp_catch_throw) /* a non-watchpoint bp */
2738 {
2739 if (b->loc->address != bp_addr) /* address doesn't match */
2740 continue;
2741 if (overlay_debugging /* unmapped overlay section */
2742 && section_is_overlay (b->loc->section)
2743 && !section_is_mapped (b->loc->section))
2744 continue;
2745 }
2746
2747 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
2748 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
2749 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
2750 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
2751 been defined. */
2752
2753 if ((b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
2754 || b->type == bp_read_watchpoint
2755 || b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
2756 && !stopped_by_watchpoint)
2757 continue;
2758
2759 if (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
2760 {
2761 if (b->loc->address != bp_addr)
2762 continue;
2763 if (overlay_debugging /* unmapped overlay section */
2764 && section_is_overlay (b->loc->section)
2765 && !section_is_mapped (b->loc->section))
2766 continue;
2767 }
2768
2769 /* Is this a catchpoint of a load or unload? If so, did we
2770 get a load or unload of the specified library? If not,
2771 ignore it. */
2772 if ((b->type == bp_catch_load)
2773 #if defined(SOLIB_HAVE_LOAD_EVENT)
2774 && (!SOLIB_HAVE_LOAD_EVENT (PIDGET (inferior_ptid))
2775 || ((b->dll_pathname != NULL)
2776 && (strcmp (b->dll_pathname,
2777 SOLIB_LOADED_LIBRARY_PATHNAME (
2778 PIDGET (inferior_ptid)))
2779 != 0)))
2780 #endif
2781 )
2782 continue;
2783
2784 if ((b->type == bp_catch_unload)
2785 #if defined(SOLIB_HAVE_UNLOAD_EVENT)
2786 && (!SOLIB_HAVE_UNLOAD_EVENT (PIDGET (inferior_ptid))
2787 || ((b->dll_pathname != NULL)
2788 && (strcmp (b->dll_pathname,
2789 SOLIB_UNLOADED_LIBRARY_PATHNAME (
2790 PIDGET (inferior_ptid)))
2791 != 0)))
2792 #endif
2793 )
2794 continue;
2795
2796 if ((b->type == bp_catch_fork)
2797 && !inferior_has_forked (PIDGET (inferior_ptid),
2798 &b->forked_inferior_pid))
2799 continue;
2800
2801 if ((b->type == bp_catch_vfork)
2802 && !inferior_has_vforked (PIDGET (inferior_ptid),
2803 &b->forked_inferior_pid))
2804 continue;
2805
2806 if ((b->type == bp_catch_exec)
2807 && !inferior_has_execd (PIDGET (inferior_ptid), &b->exec_pathname))
2808 continue;
2809
2810 if (ep_is_exception_catchpoint (b) &&
2811 !(current_exception_event = target_get_current_exception_event ()))
2812 continue;
2813
2814 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address matches */
2815
2816 bs = bpstat_alloc (b, bs); /* Alloc a bpstat to explain stop */
2817
2818 /* Watchpoints may change this, if not found to have triggered. */
2819 bs->stop = 1;
2820 bs->print = 1;
2821
2822 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint ||
2823 b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
2824 {
2825 char *message = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
2826 b->number);
2827 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
2828 int e = catch_errors (watchpoint_check, bs, message,
2829 RETURN_MASK_ALL);
2830 do_cleanups (cleanups);
2831 switch (e)
2832 {
2833 case WP_DELETED:
2834 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
2835 /* Actually this is superfluous, because by the time we
2836 call print_it_typical() the wp will be already deleted,
2837 and the function will return immediately. */
2838 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
2839 /* Stop. */
2840 break;
2841 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED:
2842 /* Stop. */
2843 ++(b->hit_count);
2844 break;
2845 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED:
2846 /* Don't stop. */
2847 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
2848 bs->stop = 0;
2849 continue;
2850 default:
2851 /* Can't happen. */
2852 /* FALLTHROUGH */
2853 case 0:
2854 /* Error from catch_errors. */
2855 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b->number);
2856 if (b->related_breakpoint)
2857 b->related_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
2858 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
2859 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
2860 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
2861
2862 /* Stop. */
2863 break;
2864 }
2865 }
2866 else if (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint ||
2867 b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
2868 {
2869 CORE_ADDR addr;
2870 struct value *v;
2871 int found = 0;
2872
2873 if (!target_stopped_data_address (&current_target, &addr))
2874 continue;
2875 for (v = b->val_chain; v; v = value_next (v))
2876 {
2877 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory
2878 && ! value_lazy (v))
2879 {
2880 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
2881
2882 if (v == b->val_chain
2883 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
2884 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
2885 {
2886 CORE_ADDR vaddr;
2887
2888 vaddr = VALUE_ADDRESS (v) + value_offset (v);
2889 /* Exact match not required. Within range is
2890 sufficient. */
2891 if (addr >= vaddr &&
2892 addr < vaddr + TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v)))
2893 found = 1;
2894 }
2895 }
2896 }
2897 if (found)
2898 {
2899 char *message = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
2900 b->number);
2901 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
2902 int e = catch_errors (watchpoint_check, bs, message,
2903 RETURN_MASK_ALL);
2904 do_cleanups (cleanups);
2905 switch (e)
2906 {
2907 case WP_DELETED:
2908 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
2909 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
2910 /* Stop. */
2911 break;
2912 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED:
2913 if (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
2914 {
2915 /* Don't stop: read watchpoints shouldn't fire if
2916 the value has changed. This is for targets
2917 which cannot set read-only watchpoints. */
2918 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
2919 bs->stop = 0;
2920 continue;
2921 }
2922 ++(b->hit_count);
2923 break;
2924 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED:
2925 /* Stop. */
2926 ++(b->hit_count);
2927 break;
2928 default:
2929 /* Can't happen. */
2930 case 0:
2931 /* Error from catch_errors. */
2932 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b->number);
2933 if (b->related_breakpoint)
2934 b->related_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
2935 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
2936 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
2937 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
2938 break;
2939 }
2940 }
2941 else /* found == 0 */
2942 {
2943 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered,
2944 but not at the address of this watchpoint (FOUND
2945 was left zero). So don't print anything for this
2946 watchpoint. */
2947 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
2948 bs->stop = 0;
2949 continue;
2950 }
2951 }
2952 else
2953 {
2954 /* By definition, an encountered breakpoint is a triggered
2955 breakpoint. */
2956 ++(b->hit_count);
2957
2958 real_breakpoint = 1;
2959 }
2960
2961 if (frame_id_p (b->frame_id)
2962 && !frame_id_eq (b->frame_id, get_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
2963 bs->stop = 0;
2964 else
2965 {
2966 int value_is_zero = 0;
2967
2968 if (b->cond)
2969 {
2970 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies
2971 so that the conditions will have the right context. */
2972 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
2973 value_is_zero
2974 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval, (b->cond),
2975 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
2976 RETURN_MASK_ALL);
2977 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint # */
2978 free_all_values ();
2979 }
2980 if (b->cond && value_is_zero)
2981 {
2982 bs->stop = 0;
2983 /* Don't consider this a hit. */
2984 --(b->hit_count);
2985 }
2986 else if (b->thread != -1 && b->thread != thread_id)
2987 {
2988 bs->stop = 0;
2989 /* Don't consider this a hit. */
2990 --(b->hit_count);
2991 }
2992 else if (b->ignore_count > 0)
2993 {
2994 b->ignore_count--;
2995 annotate_ignore_count_change ();
2996 bs->stop = 0;
2997 }
2998 else
2999 {
3000 /* We will stop here */
3001 if (b->disposition == disp_disable)
3002 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3003 if (b->silent)
3004 bs->print = 0;
3005 bs->commands = b->commands;
3006 if (bs->commands &&
3007 (strcmp ("silent", bs->commands->line) == 0
3008 || (xdb_commands && strcmp ("Q", bs->commands->line) == 0)))
3009 {
3010 bs->commands = bs->commands->next;
3011 bs->print = 0;
3012 }
3013 bs->commands = copy_command_lines (bs->commands);
3014 }
3015 }
3016 /* Print nothing for this entry if we dont stop or if we dont print. */
3017 if (bs->stop == 0 || bs->print == 0)
3018 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
3019 }
3020
3021 bs->next = NULL; /* Terminate the chain */
3022 bs = root_bs->next; /* Re-grab the head of the chain */
3023
3024 /* The value of a hardware watchpoint hasn't changed, but the
3025 intermediate memory locations we are watching may have. */
3026 if (bs && !bs->stop &&
3027 (bs->breakpoint_at->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint ||
3028 bs->breakpoint_at->type == bp_read_watchpoint ||
3029 bs->breakpoint_at->type == bp_access_watchpoint))
3030 {
3031 remove_breakpoints ();
3032 insert_breakpoints ();
3033 }
3034 return bs;
3035 }
3036 \f
3037 /* Tell what to do about this bpstat. */
3038 struct bpstat_what
3039 bpstat_what (bpstat bs)
3040 {
3041 /* Classify each bpstat as one of the following. */
3042 enum class
3043 {
3044 /* This bpstat element has no effect on the main_action. */
3045 no_effect = 0,
3046
3047 /* There was a watchpoint, stop but don't print. */
3048 wp_silent,
3049
3050 /* There was a watchpoint, stop and print. */
3051 wp_noisy,
3052
3053 /* There was a breakpoint but we're not stopping. */
3054 bp_nostop,
3055
3056 /* There was a breakpoint, stop but don't print. */
3057 bp_silent,
3058
3059 /* There was a breakpoint, stop and print. */
3060 bp_noisy,
3061
3062 /* We hit the longjmp breakpoint. */
3063 long_jump,
3064
3065 /* We hit the longjmp_resume breakpoint. */
3066 long_resume,
3067
3068 /* We hit the step_resume breakpoint. */
3069 step_resume,
3070
3071 /* We hit the shared library event breakpoint. */
3072 shlib_event,
3073
3074 /* We caught a shared library event. */
3075 catch_shlib_event,
3076
3077 /* This is just used to count how many enums there are. */
3078 class_last
3079 };
3080
3081 /* Here is the table which drives this routine. So that we can
3082 format it pretty, we define some abbreviations for the
3083 enum bpstat_what codes. */
3084 #define kc BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
3085 #define ss BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
3086 #define sn BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
3087 #define sgl BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
3088 #define slr BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME
3089 #define clr BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME
3090 #define clrs BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME_SINGLE
3091 #define sr BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME
3092 #define shl BPSTAT_WHAT_CHECK_SHLIBS
3093 #define shlr BPSTAT_WHAT_CHECK_SHLIBS_RESUME_FROM_HOOK
3094
3095 /* "Can't happen." Might want to print an error message.
3096 abort() is not out of the question, but chances are GDB is just
3097 a bit confused, not unusable. */
3098 #define err BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
3099
3100 /* Given an old action and a class, come up with a new action. */
3101 /* One interesting property of this table is that wp_silent is the same
3102 as bp_silent and wp_noisy is the same as bp_noisy. That is because
3103 after stopping, the check for whether to step over a breakpoint
3104 (BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE type stuff) is handled in proceed() without
3105 reference to how we stopped. We retain separate wp_silent and
3106 bp_silent codes in case we want to change that someday.
3107
3108 Another possibly interesting property of this table is that
3109 there's a partial ordering, priority-like, of the actions. Once
3110 you've decided that some action is appropriate, you'll never go
3111 back and decide something of a lower priority is better. The
3112 ordering is:
3113
3114 kc < clr sgl shl shlr slr sn sr ss
3115 sgl < clrs shl shlr slr sn sr ss
3116 slr < err shl shlr sn sr ss
3117 clr < clrs err shl shlr sn sr ss
3118 clrs < err shl shlr sn sr ss
3119 ss < shl shlr sn sr
3120 sn < shl shlr sr
3121 shl < shlr sr
3122 shlr < sr
3123 sr <
3124
3125 What I think this means is that we don't need a damned table
3126 here. If you just put the rows and columns in the right order,
3127 it'd look awfully regular. We could simply walk the bpstat list
3128 and choose the highest priority action we find, with a little
3129 logic to handle the 'err' cases, and the CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME/
3130 CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME_SINGLE distinction (which breakpoint.h says
3131 is messy anyway). */
3132
3133 /* step_resume entries: a step resume breakpoint overrides another
3134 breakpoint of signal handling (see comment in wait_for_inferior
3135 at where we set the step_resume breakpoint). */
3136
3137 static const enum bpstat_what_main_action
3138 table[(int) class_last][(int) BPSTAT_WHAT_LAST] =
3139 {
3140 /* old action */
3141 /* kc ss sn sgl slr clr clrs sr shl shlr
3142 */
3143 /*no_effect */
3144 {kc, ss, sn, sgl, slr, clr, clrs, sr, shl, shlr},
3145 /*wp_silent */
3146 {ss, ss, sn, ss, ss, ss, ss, sr, shl, shlr},
3147 /*wp_noisy */
3148 {sn, sn, sn, sn, sn, sn, sn, sr, shl, shlr},
3149 /*bp_nostop */
3150 {sgl, ss, sn, sgl, slr, clrs, clrs, sr, shl, shlr},
3151 /*bp_silent */
3152 {ss, ss, sn, ss, ss, ss, ss, sr, shl, shlr},
3153 /*bp_noisy */
3154 {sn, sn, sn, sn, sn, sn, sn, sr, shl, shlr},
3155 /*long_jump */
3156 {slr, ss, sn, slr, slr, err, err, sr, shl, shlr},
3157 /*long_resume */
3158 {clr, ss, sn, clrs, err, err, err, sr, shl, shlr},
3159 /*step_resume */
3160 {sr, sr, sr, sr, sr, sr, sr, sr, sr, sr},
3161 /*shlib */
3162 {shl, shl, shl, shl, shl, shl, shl, sr, shl, shlr},
3163 /*catch_shlib */
3164 {shlr, shlr, shlr, shlr, shlr, shlr, shlr, sr, shlr, shlr}
3165 };
3166
3167 #undef kc
3168 #undef ss
3169 #undef sn
3170 #undef sgl
3171 #undef slr
3172 #undef clr
3173 #undef clrs
3174 #undef err
3175 #undef sr
3176 #undef ts
3177 #undef shl
3178 #undef shlr
3179 enum bpstat_what_main_action current_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
3180 struct bpstat_what retval;
3181
3182 retval.call_dummy = 0;
3183 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
3184 {
3185 enum class bs_class = no_effect;
3186 if (bs->breakpoint_at == NULL)
3187 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary breakpoint
3188 which has since been deleted. */
3189 continue;
3190 switch (bs->breakpoint_at->type)
3191 {
3192 case bp_none:
3193 continue;
3194
3195 case bp_breakpoint:
3196 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
3197 case bp_until:
3198 case bp_finish:
3199 if (bs->stop)
3200 {
3201 if (bs->print)
3202 bs_class = bp_noisy;
3203 else
3204 bs_class = bp_silent;
3205 }
3206 else
3207 bs_class = bp_nostop;
3208 break;
3209 case bp_watchpoint:
3210 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
3211 case bp_read_watchpoint:
3212 case bp_access_watchpoint:
3213 if (bs->stop)
3214 {
3215 if (bs->print)
3216 bs_class = wp_noisy;
3217 else
3218 bs_class = wp_silent;
3219 }
3220 else
3221 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
3222 This requires no further action. */
3223 bs_class = no_effect;
3224 break;
3225 case bp_longjmp:
3226 bs_class = long_jump;
3227 break;
3228 case bp_longjmp_resume:
3229 bs_class = long_resume;
3230 break;
3231 case bp_step_resume:
3232 if (bs->stop)
3233 {
3234 bs_class = step_resume;
3235 }
3236 else
3237 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
3238 bs_class = bp_nostop;
3239 break;
3240 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
3241 bs_class = bp_nostop;
3242 break;
3243 case bp_shlib_event:
3244 bs_class = shlib_event;
3245 break;
3246 case bp_thread_event:
3247 case bp_overlay_event:
3248 bs_class = bp_nostop;
3249 break;
3250 case bp_catch_load:
3251 case bp_catch_unload:
3252 /* Only if this catchpoint triggered should we cause the
3253 step-out-of-dld behaviour. Otherwise, we ignore this
3254 catchpoint. */
3255 if (bs->stop)
3256 bs_class = catch_shlib_event;
3257 else
3258 bs_class = no_effect;
3259 break;
3260 case bp_catch_fork:
3261 case bp_catch_vfork:
3262 case bp_catch_exec:
3263 if (bs->stop)
3264 {
3265 if (bs->print)
3266 bs_class = bp_noisy;
3267 else
3268 bs_class = bp_silent;
3269 }
3270 else
3271 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
3272 This requires no further action. */
3273 bs_class = no_effect;
3274 break;
3275 case bp_catch_catch:
3276 if (!bs->stop || CURRENT_EXCEPTION_KIND != EX_EVENT_CATCH)
3277 bs_class = bp_nostop;
3278 else if (bs->stop)
3279 bs_class = bs->print ? bp_noisy : bp_silent;
3280 break;
3281 case bp_catch_throw:
3282 if (!bs->stop || CURRENT_EXCEPTION_KIND != EX_EVENT_THROW)
3283 bs_class = bp_nostop;
3284 else if (bs->stop)
3285 bs_class = bs->print ? bp_noisy : bp_silent;
3286 break;
3287 case bp_call_dummy:
3288 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
3289 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
3290 bs_class = bp_silent;
3291 retval.call_dummy = 1;
3292 break;
3293 }
3294 current_action = table[(int) bs_class][(int) current_action];
3295 }
3296 retval.main_action = current_action;
3297 return retval;
3298 }
3299
3300 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
3301 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
3302 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
3303
3304 int
3305 bpstat_should_step (void)
3306 {
3307 struct breakpoint *b;
3308 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
3309 if (breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->type == bp_watchpoint)
3310 return 1;
3311 return 0;
3312 }
3313
3314 /* Nonzero if there are enabled hardware watchpoints. */
3315 int
3316 bpstat_have_active_hw_watchpoints (void)
3317 {
3318 struct bp_location *bpt;
3319 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt)
3320 if (breakpoint_enabled (bpt->owner)
3321 && bpt->inserted
3322 && bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint)
3323 return 1;
3324 return 0;
3325 }
3326 \f
3327
3328 /* Given a bpstat that records zero or more triggered eventpoints, this
3329 function returns another bpstat which contains only the catchpoints
3330 on that first list, if any. */
3331 void
3332 bpstat_get_triggered_catchpoints (bpstat ep_list, bpstat *cp_list)
3333 {
3334 struct bpstats root_bs[1];
3335 bpstat bs = root_bs;
3336 struct breakpoint *ep;
3337 char *dll_pathname;
3338
3339 bpstat_clear (cp_list);
3340 root_bs->next = NULL;
3341
3342 for (; ep_list != NULL; ep_list = ep_list->next)
3343 {
3344 /* Is this eventpoint a catchpoint? If not, ignore it. */
3345 ep = ep_list->breakpoint_at;
3346 if (ep == NULL)
3347 break;
3348 if ((ep->type != bp_catch_load) &&
3349 (ep->type != bp_catch_unload) &&
3350 (ep->type != bp_catch_catch) &&
3351 (ep->type != bp_catch_throw))
3352 /* pai: (temp) ADD fork/vfork here!! */
3353 continue;
3354
3355 /* Yes; add it to the list. */
3356 bs = bpstat_alloc (ep, bs);
3357 *bs = *ep_list;
3358 bs->next = NULL;
3359 bs = root_bs->next;
3360
3361 #if defined(SOLIB_ADD)
3362 /* Also, for each triggered catchpoint, tag it with the name of
3363 the library that caused this trigger. (We copy the name now,
3364 because it's only guaranteed to be available NOW, when the
3365 catchpoint triggers. Clients who may wish to know the name
3366 later must get it from the catchpoint itself.) */
3367 if (ep->triggered_dll_pathname != NULL)
3368 xfree (ep->triggered_dll_pathname);
3369 if (ep->type == bp_catch_load)
3370 dll_pathname = SOLIB_LOADED_LIBRARY_PATHNAME (
3371 PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
3372 else
3373 dll_pathname = SOLIB_UNLOADED_LIBRARY_PATHNAME (
3374 PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
3375 #else
3376 dll_pathname = NULL;
3377 #endif
3378 if (dll_pathname)
3379 {
3380 ep->triggered_dll_pathname = (char *)
3381 xmalloc (strlen (dll_pathname) + 1);
3382 strcpy (ep->triggered_dll_pathname, dll_pathname);
3383 }
3384 else
3385 ep->triggered_dll_pathname = NULL;
3386 }
3387
3388 *cp_list = bs;
3389 }
3390
3391 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
3392 static void
3393 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
3394 CORE_ADDR *last_addr)
3395 {
3396 struct command_line *l;
3397 struct symbol *sym;
3398 struct ep_type_description
3399 {
3400 enum bptype type;
3401 char *description;
3402 };
3403 static struct ep_type_description bptypes[] =
3404 {
3405 {bp_none, "?deleted?"},
3406 {bp_breakpoint, "breakpoint"},
3407 {bp_hardware_breakpoint, "hw breakpoint"},
3408 {bp_until, "until"},
3409 {bp_finish, "finish"},
3410 {bp_watchpoint, "watchpoint"},
3411 {bp_hardware_watchpoint, "hw watchpoint"},
3412 {bp_read_watchpoint, "read watchpoint"},
3413 {bp_access_watchpoint, "acc watchpoint"},
3414 {bp_longjmp, "longjmp"},
3415 {bp_longjmp_resume, "longjmp resume"},
3416 {bp_step_resume, "step resume"},
3417 {bp_watchpoint_scope, "watchpoint scope"},
3418 {bp_call_dummy, "call dummy"},
3419 {bp_shlib_event, "shlib events"},
3420 {bp_thread_event, "thread events"},
3421 {bp_overlay_event, "overlay events"},
3422 {bp_catch_load, "catch load"},
3423 {bp_catch_unload, "catch unload"},
3424 {bp_catch_fork, "catch fork"},
3425 {bp_catch_vfork, "catch vfork"},
3426 {bp_catch_exec, "catch exec"},
3427 {bp_catch_catch, "catch catch"},
3428 {bp_catch_throw, "catch throw"}
3429 };
3430
3431 static char *bpdisps[] =
3432 {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
3433 static char bpenables[] = "nynny";
3434 char wrap_indent[80];
3435 struct ui_stream *stb = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
3436 struct cleanup *old_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb);
3437 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain;
3438
3439 annotate_record ();
3440 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "bkpt");
3441
3442 /* 1 */
3443 annotate_field (0);
3444 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
3445
3446 /* 2 */
3447 annotate_field (1);
3448 if (((int) b->type > (sizeof (bptypes) / sizeof (bptypes[0])))
3449 || ((int) b->type != bptypes[(int) b->type].type))
3450 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
3451 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
3452 (int) b->type);
3453 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "type", bptypes[(int) b->type].description);
3454
3455 /* 3 */
3456 annotate_field (2);
3457 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisps[(int) b->disposition]);
3458
3459 /* 4 */
3460 annotate_field (3);
3461 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout, "enabled", "%c", bpenables[(int) b->enable_state]);
3462 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 2);
3463
3464 /* 5 and 6 */
3465 strcpy (wrap_indent, " ");
3466 if (addressprint)
3467 {
3468 if (TARGET_ADDR_BIT <= 32)
3469 strcat (wrap_indent, " ");
3470 else
3471 strcat (wrap_indent, " ");
3472 }
3473
3474 if (b->ops != NULL && b->ops->print_one != NULL)
3475 b->ops->print_one (b, last_addr);
3476 else
3477 switch (b->type)
3478 {
3479 case bp_none:
3480 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
3481 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
3482 break;
3483
3484 case bp_watchpoint:
3485 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
3486 case bp_read_watchpoint:
3487 case bp_access_watchpoint:
3488 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
3489 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
3490 is relatively readable). */
3491 if (addressprint)
3492 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
3493 annotate_field (5);
3494 print_expression (b->exp, stb->stream);
3495 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "what", stb);
3496 break;
3497
3498 case bp_catch_load:
3499 case bp_catch_unload:
3500 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
3501 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
3502 is relatively readable). */
3503 if (addressprint)
3504 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
3505 annotate_field (5);
3506 if (b->dll_pathname == NULL)
3507 {
3508 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "<any library>");
3509 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
3510 }
3511 else
3512 {
3513 ui_out_text (uiout, "library \"");
3514 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->dll_pathname);
3515 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
3516 }
3517 break;
3518
3519 case bp_catch_fork:
3520 case bp_catch_vfork:
3521 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
3522 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
3523 is relatively readable). */
3524 if (addressprint)
3525 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
3526 annotate_field (5);
3527 if (b->forked_inferior_pid != 0)
3528 {
3529 ui_out_text (uiout, "process ");
3530 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what", b->forked_inferior_pid);
3531 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
3532 }
3533 break;
3534
3535 case bp_catch_exec:
3536 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
3537 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
3538 is relatively readable). */
3539 if (addressprint)
3540 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
3541 annotate_field (5);
3542 if (b->exec_pathname != NULL)
3543 {
3544 ui_out_text (uiout, "program \"");
3545 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->exec_pathname);
3546 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
3547 }
3548 break;
3549
3550 case bp_catch_catch:
3551 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
3552 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
3553 is relatively readable). */
3554 if (addressprint)
3555 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
3556 annotate_field (5);
3557 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "exception catch");
3558 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
3559 break;
3560
3561 case bp_catch_throw:
3562 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
3563 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
3564 is relatively readable). */
3565 if (addressprint)
3566 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
3567 annotate_field (5);
3568 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "exception throw");
3569 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
3570 break;
3571
3572 case bp_breakpoint:
3573 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
3574 case bp_until:
3575 case bp_finish:
3576 case bp_longjmp:
3577 case bp_longjmp_resume:
3578 case bp_step_resume:
3579 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
3580 case bp_call_dummy:
3581 case bp_shlib_event:
3582 case bp_thread_event:
3583 case bp_overlay_event:
3584 if (addressprint)
3585 {
3586 annotate_field (4);
3587 if (b->pending)
3588 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<PENDING>");
3589 else
3590 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "addr", b->loc->address);
3591 }
3592 annotate_field (5);
3593 *last_addr = b->loc->address;
3594 if (b->source_file)
3595 {
3596 sym = find_pc_sect_function (b->loc->address, b->loc->section);
3597 if (sym)
3598 {
3599 ui_out_text (uiout, "in ");
3600 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
3601 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
3602 ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout, wrap_indent);
3603 ui_out_text (uiout, " at ");
3604 }
3605 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file", b->source_file);
3606 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
3607
3608 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
3609 {
3610 struct symtab_and_line sal = find_pc_line (b->loc->address, 0);
3611 char *fullname = symtab_to_fullname (sal.symtab);
3612
3613 if (fullname)
3614 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname", fullname);
3615 }
3616
3617 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", b->line_number);
3618 }
3619 else if (b->pending)
3620 {
3621 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "pending", b->addr_string);
3622 }
3623 else
3624 {
3625 print_address_symbolic (b->loc->address, stb->stream, demangle, "");
3626 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "at", stb);
3627 }
3628 break;
3629 }
3630
3631 if (b->thread != -1)
3632 {
3633 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
3634 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
3635 ui_out_text (uiout, " thread ");
3636 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
3637 }
3638
3639 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
3640
3641 if (frame_id_p (b->frame_id))
3642 {
3643 annotate_field (6);
3644 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in stack frame at ");
3645 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poeking around inside
3646 the frame ID. */
3647 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "frame", b->frame_id.stack_addr);
3648 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
3649 }
3650
3651 if (b->cond && !ada_exception_catchpoint_p (b))
3652 {
3653 /* We do not print the condition for Ada exception catchpoints
3654 because the condition is an internal implementation detail
3655 that we do not want to expose to the user. */
3656 annotate_field (7);
3657 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only if ");
3658 print_expression (b->cond, stb->stream);
3659 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "cond", stb);
3660 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
3661 }
3662
3663 if (b->pending && b->cond_string)
3664 {
3665 annotate_field (7);
3666 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only if ");
3667 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "cond", b->cond_string);
3668 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
3669 }
3670
3671 if (b->thread != -1)
3672 {
3673 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this */
3674 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in thread ");
3675 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
3676 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
3677 }
3678
3679 if (show_breakpoint_hit_counts && b->hit_count)
3680 {
3681 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this */
3682 if (ep_is_catchpoint (b))
3683 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tcatchpoint");
3684 else
3685 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tbreakpoint");
3686 ui_out_text (uiout, " already hit ");
3687 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
3688 if (b->hit_count == 1)
3689 ui_out_text (uiout, " time\n");
3690 else
3691 ui_out_text (uiout, " times\n");
3692 }
3693
3694 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is
3695 mi. FIXME: Should have a better test for this. */
3696 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
3697 if (show_breakpoint_hit_counts && b->hit_count == 0)
3698 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
3699
3700 if (b->ignore_count)
3701 {
3702 annotate_field (8);
3703 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tignore next ");
3704 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "ignore", b->ignore_count);
3705 ui_out_text (uiout, " hits\n");
3706 }
3707
3708 if ((l = b->commands))
3709 {
3710 struct cleanup *script_chain;
3711
3712 annotate_field (9);
3713 script_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "script");
3714 print_command_lines (uiout, l, 4);
3715 do_cleanups (script_chain);
3716 }
3717 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
3718 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3719 }
3720
3721 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
3722 {
3723 int bnum;
3724 };
3725
3726 static int
3727 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, void *data)
3728 {
3729 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args *args = data;
3730 struct breakpoint *b;
3731 CORE_ADDR dummy_addr = 0;
3732 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
3733 {
3734 if (args->bnum == b->number)
3735 {
3736 print_one_breakpoint (b, &dummy_addr);
3737 return GDB_RC_OK;
3738 }
3739 }
3740 return GDB_RC_NONE;
3741 }
3742
3743 enum gdb_rc
3744 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, int bnum, char **error_message)
3745 {
3746 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args;
3747 args.bnum = bnum;
3748 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
3749 an error. */
3750 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout, do_captured_breakpoint_query, &args,
3751 error_message, RETURN_MASK_ALL) < 0)
3752 return GDB_RC_FAIL;
3753 else
3754 return GDB_RC_OK;
3755 }
3756
3757 /* Return non-zero if B is user settable (breakpoints, watchpoints,
3758 catchpoints, et.al.). */
3759
3760 static int
3761 user_settable_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
3762 {
3763 return (b->type == bp_breakpoint
3764 || b->type == bp_catch_load
3765 || b->type == bp_catch_unload
3766 || b->type == bp_catch_fork
3767 || b->type == bp_catch_vfork
3768 || b->type == bp_catch_exec
3769 || b->type == bp_catch_catch
3770 || b->type == bp_catch_throw
3771 || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
3772 || b->type == bp_watchpoint
3773 || b->type == bp_read_watchpoint
3774 || b->type == bp_access_watchpoint
3775 || b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint);
3776 }
3777
3778 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
3779 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user settable breakpoints.
3780 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non- user settable breakpoints. */
3781
3782 static void
3783 breakpoint_1 (int bnum, int allflag)
3784 {
3785 struct breakpoint *b;
3786 CORE_ADDR last_addr = (CORE_ADDR) -1;
3787 int nr_printable_breakpoints;
3788 struct cleanup *bkpttbl_chain;
3789
3790 /* Compute the number of rows in the table. */
3791 nr_printable_breakpoints = 0;
3792 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
3793 if (bnum == -1
3794 || bnum == b->number)
3795 {
3796 if (allflag || user_settable_breakpoint (b))
3797 nr_printable_breakpoints++;
3798 }
3799
3800 if (addressprint)
3801 bkpttbl_chain
3802 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 6, nr_printable_breakpoints,
3803 "BreakpointTable");
3804 else
3805 bkpttbl_chain
3806 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 5, nr_printable_breakpoints,
3807 "BreakpointTable");
3808
3809 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
3810 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
3811 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
3812 annotate_field (0);
3813 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 3, ui_left, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
3814 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
3815 annotate_field (1);
3816 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 14, ui_left, "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
3817 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
3818 annotate_field (2);
3819 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 4, ui_left, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
3820 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
3821 annotate_field (3);
3822 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 3, ui_left, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
3823 if (addressprint)
3824 {
3825 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
3826 annotate_field (4);
3827 if (TARGET_ADDR_BIT <= 32)
3828 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 10, ui_left, "addr", "Address");/* 5 */
3829 else
3830 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 18, ui_left, "addr", "Address");/* 5 */
3831 }
3832 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
3833 annotate_field (5);
3834 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 40, ui_noalign, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
3835 ui_out_table_body (uiout);
3836 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
3837 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
3838
3839 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
3840 if (bnum == -1
3841 || bnum == b->number)
3842 {
3843 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
3844 allflag is set. */
3845 if (allflag || user_settable_breakpoint (b))
3846 print_one_breakpoint (b, &last_addr);
3847 }
3848
3849 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain);
3850
3851 if (nr_printable_breakpoints == 0)
3852 {
3853 if (bnum == -1)
3854 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
3855 else
3856 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No breakpoint or watchpoint number %d.\n",
3857 bnum);
3858 }
3859 else
3860 {
3861 /* Compare against (CORE_ADDR)-1 in case some compiler decides
3862 that a comparison of an unsigned with -1 is always false. */
3863 if (last_addr != (CORE_ADDR) -1)
3864 set_next_address (last_addr);
3865 }
3866
3867 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
3868 there have been breakpoints? */
3869 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
3870 }
3871
3872 static void
3873 breakpoints_info (char *bnum_exp, int from_tty)
3874 {
3875 int bnum = -1;
3876
3877 if (bnum_exp)
3878 bnum = parse_and_eval_long (bnum_exp);
3879
3880 breakpoint_1 (bnum, 0);
3881 }
3882
3883 static void
3884 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *bnum_exp, int from_tty)
3885 {
3886 int bnum = -1;
3887
3888 if (bnum_exp)
3889 bnum = parse_and_eval_long (bnum_exp);
3890
3891 breakpoint_1 (bnum, 1);
3892 }
3893
3894 /* Print a message describing any breakpoints set at PC. */
3895
3896 static void
3897 describe_other_breakpoints (CORE_ADDR pc, asection *section, int thread)
3898 {
3899 int others = 0;
3900 struct breakpoint *b;
3901
3902 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
3903 if (b->loc->address == pc) /* address match / overlay match */
3904 if (!b->pending && (!overlay_debugging || b->loc->section == section))
3905 others++;
3906 if (others > 0)
3907 {
3908 if (others == 1)
3909 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
3910 else /* if (others == ???) */
3911 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
3912 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
3913 if (b->loc->address == pc) /* address match / overlay match */
3914 if (!b->pending && (!overlay_debugging || b->loc->section == section))
3915 {
3916 others--;
3917 printf_filtered ("%d", b->number);
3918 if (b->thread == -1 && thread != -1)
3919 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
3920 else if (b->thread != -1)
3921 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b->thread);
3922 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
3923 ((b->enable_state == bp_disabled ||
3924 b->enable_state == bp_shlib_disabled ||
3925 b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
3926 ? " (disabled)"
3927 : b->enable_state == bp_permanent
3928 ? " (permanent)"
3929 : ""),
3930 (others > 1) ? ","
3931 : ((others == 1) ? " and" : ""));
3932 }
3933 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
3934 deprecated_print_address_numeric (pc, 1, gdb_stdout);
3935 printf_filtered (".\n");
3936 }
3937 }
3938 \f
3939 /* Set the default place to put a breakpoint
3940 for the `break' command with no arguments. */
3941
3942 void
3943 set_default_breakpoint (int valid, CORE_ADDR addr, struct symtab *symtab,
3944 int line)
3945 {
3946 default_breakpoint_valid = valid;
3947 default_breakpoint_address = addr;
3948 default_breakpoint_symtab = symtab;
3949 default_breakpoint_line = line;
3950 }
3951
3952 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
3953 BPT. For some breakpoint types, the address member is irrelevant
3954 and it makes no sense to attempt to compare it to other addresses
3955 (or use it for any other purpose either).
3956
3957 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will always
3958 have a zero valued address and we don't want check_duplicates() to mark
3959 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
3960 breakpoint at address zero:
3961
3962 bp_watchpoint
3963 bp_hardware_watchpoint
3964 bp_read_watchpoint
3965 bp_access_watchpoint
3966 bp_catch_exec
3967 bp_longjmp_resume
3968 bp_catch_fork
3969 bp_catch_vork */
3970
3971 static int
3972 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint *bpt)
3973 {
3974 enum bptype type = bpt->type;
3975
3976 return (type != bp_watchpoint
3977 && type != bp_hardware_watchpoint
3978 && type != bp_read_watchpoint
3979 && type != bp_access_watchpoint
3980 && type != bp_catch_exec
3981 && type != bp_longjmp_resume
3982 && type != bp_catch_fork
3983 && type != bp_catch_vfork);
3984 }
3985
3986 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section as BPT,
3987 marking the first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates".
3988 This is so that the bpt instruction is only inserted once.
3989 If we have a permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make
3990 that one the official one, and the rest as duplicates. */
3991
3992 static void
3993 check_duplicates (struct breakpoint *bpt)
3994 {
3995 struct bp_location *b;
3996 int count = 0;
3997 struct bp_location *perm_bp = 0;
3998 CORE_ADDR address = bpt->loc->address;
3999 asection *section = bpt->loc->section;
4000
4001 if (! breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (bpt))
4002 return;
4003
4004 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b)
4005 if (b->owner->enable_state != bp_disabled
4006 && b->owner->enable_state != bp_shlib_disabled
4007 && !b->owner->pending
4008 && b->owner->enable_state != bp_call_disabled
4009 && b->address == address /* address / overlay match */
4010 && (!overlay_debugging || b->section == section)
4011 && breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b->owner))
4012 {
4013 /* Have we found a permanent breakpoint? */
4014 if (b->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
4015 {
4016 perm_bp = b;
4017 break;
4018 }
4019
4020 count++;
4021 b->duplicate = count > 1;
4022 }
4023
4024 /* If we found a permanent breakpoint at this address, go over the
4025 list again and declare all the other breakpoints there to be the
4026 duplicates. */
4027 if (perm_bp)
4028 {
4029 perm_bp->duplicate = 0;
4030
4031 /* Permanent breakpoint should always be inserted. */
4032 if (! perm_bp->inserted)
4033 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4034 _("allegedly permanent breakpoint is not "
4035 "actually inserted"));
4036
4037 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b)
4038 if (b != perm_bp)
4039 {
4040 if (b->owner->enable_state != bp_disabled
4041 && b->owner->enable_state != bp_shlib_disabled
4042 && !b->owner->pending
4043 && b->owner->enable_state != bp_call_disabled
4044 && b->address == address /* address / overlay match */
4045 && (!overlay_debugging || b->section == section)
4046 && breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b->owner))
4047 {
4048 if (b->inserted)
4049 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4050 _("another breakpoint was inserted on top of "
4051 "a permanent breakpoint"));
4052
4053 b->duplicate = 1;
4054 }
4055 }
4056 }
4057 }
4058
4059 static void
4060 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr, CORE_ADDR to_addr,
4061 int bnum, int have_bnum)
4062 {
4063 char astr1[40];
4064 char astr2[40];
4065
4066 strcpy (astr1, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr, 8));
4067 strcpy (astr2, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr, 8));
4068 if (have_bnum)
4069 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
4070 bnum, astr1, astr2);
4071 else
4072 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1, astr2);
4073 }
4074
4075 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural constraints
4076 on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address. Note: Very
4077 few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most targets,
4078 this function is simply the identity function. */
4079
4080 static CORE_ADDR
4081 adjust_breakpoint_address (CORE_ADDR bpaddr, enum bptype bptype)
4082 {
4083 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (current_gdbarch))
4084 {
4085 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
4086 return bpaddr;
4087 }
4088 else if (bptype == bp_watchpoint
4089 || bptype == bp_hardware_watchpoint
4090 || bptype == bp_read_watchpoint
4091 || bptype == bp_access_watchpoint
4092 || bptype == bp_catch_fork
4093 || bptype == bp_catch_vfork
4094 || bptype == bp_catch_exec)
4095 {
4096 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
4097 have their addresses modified. */
4098 return bpaddr;
4099 }
4100 else
4101 {
4102 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr;
4103
4104 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
4105 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
4106 adjusted_bpaddr = gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (current_gdbarch,
4107 bpaddr);
4108
4109 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
4110 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
4111 is required. */
4112 if (adjusted_bpaddr != bpaddr)
4113 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr, adjusted_bpaddr, 0, 0);
4114
4115 return adjusted_bpaddr;
4116 }
4117 }
4118
4119 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
4120
4121 static struct bp_location *
4122 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt, enum bptype bp_type)
4123 {
4124 struct bp_location *loc, *loc_p;
4125
4126 loc = xmalloc (sizeof (struct bp_location));
4127 memset (loc, 0, sizeof (*loc));
4128
4129 loc->owner = bpt;
4130
4131 switch (bp_type)
4132 {
4133 case bp_breakpoint:
4134 case bp_until:
4135 case bp_finish:
4136 case bp_longjmp:
4137 case bp_longjmp_resume:
4138 case bp_step_resume:
4139 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
4140 case bp_call_dummy:
4141 case bp_shlib_event:
4142 case bp_thread_event:
4143 case bp_overlay_event:
4144 case bp_catch_load:
4145 case bp_catch_unload:
4146 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
4147 break;
4148 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
4149 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
4150 break;
4151 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
4152 case bp_read_watchpoint:
4153 case bp_access_watchpoint:
4154 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint;
4155 break;
4156 case bp_watchpoint:
4157 case bp_catch_fork:
4158 case bp_catch_vfork:
4159 case bp_catch_exec:
4160 case bp_catch_catch:
4161 case bp_catch_throw:
4162 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_other;
4163 break;
4164 default:
4165 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
4166 }
4167
4168 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain. */
4169
4170 loc_p = bp_location_chain;
4171 if (loc_p == 0)
4172 bp_location_chain = loc;
4173 else
4174 {
4175 while (loc_p->next)
4176 loc_p = loc_p->next;
4177 loc_p->next = loc;
4178 }
4179
4180 return loc;
4181 }
4182
4183 /* set_raw_breakpoint() is a low level routine for allocating and
4184 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
4185 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
4186 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
4187 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
4188 is also returned as the value of this function.
4189
4190 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
4191 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
4192 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
4193 particular, set_raw_breakpoint() does NOT set the breakpoint
4194 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error() to occur
4195 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
4196 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
4197
4198 struct breakpoint *
4199 set_raw_breakpoint (struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype)
4200 {
4201 struct breakpoint *b, *b1;
4202 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address;
4203
4204 b = (struct breakpoint *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct breakpoint));
4205 memset (b, 0, sizeof (*b));
4206
4207 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
4208 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
4209 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
4210 breakpoint may cause read_memory_nobpt() to be called and we do
4211 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
4212 location that's only been partially initialized. */
4213 adjusted_address = adjust_breakpoint_address (sal.pc, bptype);
4214
4215 b->loc = allocate_bp_location (b, bptype);
4216 b->loc->requested_address = sal.pc;
4217 b->loc->address = adjusted_address;
4218
4219 if (sal.symtab == NULL)
4220 b->source_file = NULL;
4221 else
4222 b->source_file = savestring (sal.symtab->filename,
4223 strlen (sal.symtab->filename));
4224 b->loc->section = sal.section;
4225 b->type = bptype;
4226 b->language = current_language->la_language;
4227 b->input_radix = input_radix;
4228 b->thread = -1;
4229 b->line_number = sal.line;
4230 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
4231 b->next = 0;
4232 b->silent = 0;
4233 b->ignore_count = 0;
4234 b->commands = NULL;
4235 b->frame_id = null_frame_id;
4236 b->dll_pathname = NULL;
4237 b->triggered_dll_pathname = NULL;
4238 b->forked_inferior_pid = 0;
4239 b->exec_pathname = NULL;
4240 b->ops = NULL;
4241 b->pending = 0;
4242
4243 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain
4244 so that a list of breakpoints will come out in order
4245 of increasing numbers. */
4246
4247 b1 = breakpoint_chain;
4248 if (b1 == 0)
4249 breakpoint_chain = b;
4250 else
4251 {
4252 while (b1->next)
4253 b1 = b1->next;
4254 b1->next = b;
4255 }
4256
4257 check_duplicates (b);
4258 breakpoints_changed ();
4259
4260 return b;
4261 }
4262
4263
4264 /* Note that the breakpoint object B describes a permanent breakpoint
4265 instruction, hard-wired into the inferior's code. */
4266 void
4267 make_breakpoint_permanent (struct breakpoint *b)
4268 {
4269 b->enable_state = bp_permanent;
4270
4271 /* By definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the code. */
4272 b->loc->inserted = 1;
4273 }
4274
4275 static struct breakpoint *
4276 create_internal_breakpoint (CORE_ADDR address, enum bptype type)
4277 {
4278 static int internal_breakpoint_number = -1;
4279 struct symtab_and_line sal;
4280 struct breakpoint *b;
4281
4282 init_sal (&sal); /* initialize to zeroes */
4283
4284 sal.pc = address;
4285 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (sal.pc);
4286
4287 b = set_raw_breakpoint (sal, type);
4288 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
4289 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
4290
4291 return b;
4292 }
4293
4294
4295 static void
4296 create_longjmp_breakpoint (char *func_name)
4297 {
4298 struct breakpoint *b;
4299 struct minimal_symbol *m;
4300
4301 if (func_name == NULL)
4302 b = create_internal_breakpoint (0, bp_longjmp_resume);
4303 else
4304 {
4305 if ((m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, NULL)) == NULL)
4306 return;
4307
4308 b = create_internal_breakpoint (SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (m), bp_longjmp);
4309 }
4310
4311 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
4312 b->silent = 1;
4313 if (func_name)
4314 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
4315 }
4316
4317 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
4318 if we do a longjmp(). When we hit that breakpoint, call
4319 set_longjmp_resume_breakpoint() to figure out where we are going. */
4320
4321 void
4322 enable_longjmp_breakpoint (void)
4323 {
4324 struct breakpoint *b;
4325
4326 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4327 if (b->type == bp_longjmp)
4328 {
4329 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
4330 check_duplicates (b);
4331 }
4332 }
4333
4334 void
4335 disable_longjmp_breakpoint (void)
4336 {
4337 struct breakpoint *b;
4338
4339 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4340 if (b->type == bp_longjmp
4341 || b->type == bp_longjmp_resume)
4342 {
4343 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
4344 check_duplicates (b);
4345 }
4346 }
4347
4348 static void
4349 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (char *func_name)
4350 {
4351 struct breakpoint *b;
4352 struct minimal_symbol *m;
4353
4354 if ((m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, NULL)) == NULL)
4355 return;
4356
4357 b = create_internal_breakpoint (SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (m),
4358 bp_overlay_event);
4359 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
4360
4361 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_auto)
4362 {
4363 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
4364 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
4365 }
4366 else
4367 {
4368 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
4369 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
4370 }
4371 }
4372
4373 void
4374 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
4375 {
4376 struct breakpoint *b;
4377
4378 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4379 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
4380 {
4381 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
4382 check_duplicates (b);
4383 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
4384 }
4385 }
4386
4387 void
4388 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
4389 {
4390 struct breakpoint *b;
4391
4392 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4393 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
4394 {
4395 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
4396 check_duplicates (b);
4397 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
4398 }
4399 }
4400
4401 struct breakpoint *
4402 create_thread_event_breakpoint (CORE_ADDR address)
4403 {
4404 struct breakpoint *b;
4405
4406 b = create_internal_breakpoint (address, bp_thread_event);
4407
4408 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
4409 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
4410 b->addr_string = xstrprintf ("*0x%s", paddr (b->loc->address));
4411
4412 return b;
4413 }
4414
4415 void
4416 remove_thread_event_breakpoints (void)
4417 {
4418 struct breakpoint *b, *temp;
4419
4420 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp)
4421 if (b->type == bp_thread_event)
4422 delete_breakpoint (b);
4423 }
4424
4425 struct captured_parse_breakpoint_args
4426 {
4427 char **arg_p;
4428 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals_p;
4429 char ***addr_string_p;
4430 int *not_found_ptr;
4431 };
4432
4433 struct lang_and_radix
4434 {
4435 enum language lang;
4436 int radix;
4437 };
4438
4439 /* Cleanup helper routine to restore the current language and
4440 input radix. */
4441 static void
4442 do_restore_lang_radix_cleanup (void *old)
4443 {
4444 struct lang_and_radix *p = old;
4445 set_language (p->lang);
4446 input_radix = p->radix;
4447 }
4448
4449 /* Try and resolve a pending breakpoint. */
4450 static int
4451 resolve_pending_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
4452 {
4453 /* Try and reparse the breakpoint in case the shared library
4454 is now loaded. */
4455 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
4456 struct symtab_and_line pending_sal;
4457 char **cond_string = (char **) NULL;
4458 char *copy_arg = b->addr_string;
4459 char **addr_string;
4460 char *errmsg;
4461 int rc;
4462 int not_found = 0;
4463 struct ui_file *old_gdb_stderr;
4464 struct lang_and_radix old_lr;
4465 struct cleanup *old_chain;
4466
4467 /* Set language, input-radix, then reissue breakpoint command.
4468 Ensure the language and input-radix are restored afterwards. */
4469 old_lr.lang = current_language->la_language;
4470 old_lr.radix = input_radix;
4471 old_chain = make_cleanup (do_restore_lang_radix_cleanup, &old_lr);
4472
4473 set_language (b->language);
4474 input_radix = b->input_radix;
4475 rc = break_command_1 (b->addr_string, b->flag, b->from_tty, b);
4476
4477 if (rc == GDB_RC_OK)
4478 /* Pending breakpoint has been resolved. */
4479 printf_filtered (_("Pending breakpoint \"%s\" resolved\n"), b->addr_string);
4480
4481 do_cleanups (old_chain);
4482 return rc;
4483 }
4484
4485 void
4486 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
4487 {
4488 struct breakpoint *b, *temp;
4489
4490 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp)
4491 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
4492 delete_breakpoint (b);
4493 }
4494
4495 struct breakpoint *
4496 create_solib_event_breakpoint (CORE_ADDR address)
4497 {
4498 struct breakpoint *b;
4499
4500 b = create_internal_breakpoint (address, bp_shlib_event);
4501 return b;
4502 }
4503
4504 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
4505 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
4506
4507 void
4508 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (int silent)
4509 {
4510 struct breakpoint *b;
4511 int disabled_shlib_breaks = 0;
4512
4513 /* See also: insert_breakpoints, under DISABLE_UNSETTABLE_BREAK. */
4514 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4515 {
4516 if (((b->type == bp_breakpoint) || (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint))
4517 && breakpoint_enabled (b) && !b->loc->duplicate
4518 #ifdef PC_SOLIB
4519 && PC_SOLIB (b->loc->address)
4520 #else
4521 && solib_address (b->loc->address)
4522 #endif
4523 )
4524 {
4525 b->enable_state = bp_shlib_disabled;
4526 if (!silent)
4527 {
4528 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks)
4529 {
4530 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
4531 warning (_("Temporarily disabling shared library breakpoints:"));
4532 }
4533 disabled_shlib_breaks = 1;
4534 warning (_("breakpoint #%d "), b->number);
4535 }
4536 }
4537 }
4538 }
4539
4540 /* Disable any breakpoints that are in in an unloaded shared library. Only
4541 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
4542
4543 void
4544 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list *solib)
4545 {
4546 struct breakpoint *b;
4547 int disabled_shlib_breaks = 0;
4548
4549 /* See also: insert_breakpoints, under DISABLE_UNSETTABLE_BREAK. */
4550 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4551 {
4552 if ((b->loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
4553 || b->loc->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
4554 && breakpoint_enabled (b) && !b->loc->duplicate)
4555 {
4556 #ifdef PC_SOLIB
4557 char *so_name = PC_SOLIB (b->loc->address);
4558 #else
4559 char *so_name = solib_address (b->loc->address);
4560 #endif
4561 if (so_name && !strcmp (so_name, solib->so_name))
4562 {
4563 b->enable_state = bp_shlib_disabled;
4564 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
4565 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
4566 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
4567 b->loc->inserted = 0;
4568 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks)
4569 {
4570 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
4571 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
4572 so_name);
4573 }
4574 disabled_shlib_breaks = 1;
4575 }
4576 }
4577 }
4578 }
4579
4580 /* Try to reenable any breakpoints in shared libraries. */
4581 void
4582 re_enable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
4583 {
4584 struct breakpoint *b, *tmp;
4585
4586 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, tmp)
4587 {
4588 if (b->enable_state == bp_shlib_disabled)
4589 {
4590 gdb_byte buf[1];
4591 char *lib;
4592
4593 /* Do not reenable the breakpoint if the shared library is
4594 still not mapped in. */
4595 #ifdef PC_SOLIB
4596 lib = PC_SOLIB (b->loc->address);
4597 #else
4598 lib = solib_address (b->loc->address);
4599 #endif
4600 if (lib != NULL && target_read_memory (b->loc->address, buf, 1) == 0)
4601 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
4602 }
4603 else if (b->pending && (b->enable_state == bp_enabled))
4604 {
4605 if (resolve_pending_breakpoint (b) == GDB_RC_OK)
4606 delete_breakpoint (b);
4607 }
4608 }
4609 }
4610
4611 static void
4612 solib_load_unload_1 (char *hookname, int tempflag, char *dll_pathname,
4613 char *cond_string, enum bptype bp_kind)
4614 {
4615 struct breakpoint *b;
4616 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
4617 struct cleanup *old_chain;
4618 struct cleanup *canonical_strings_chain = NULL;
4619 char *addr_start = hookname;
4620 char *addr_end = NULL;
4621 char **canonical = (char **) NULL;
4622 int thread = -1; /* All threads. */
4623
4624 /* Set a breakpoint on the specified hook. */
4625 sals = decode_line_1 (&hookname, 1, (struct symtab *) NULL,
4626 0, &canonical, NULL);
4627 addr_end = hookname;
4628
4629 if (sals.nelts == 0)
4630 {
4631 warning (_("Unable to set a breakpoint on dynamic linker callback.\n"
4632 "Suggest linking with /opt/langtools/lib/end.o.\n"
4633 "GDB will be unable to track shl_load/shl_unload calls."));
4634 return;
4635 }
4636 if (sals.nelts != 1)
4637 {
4638 warning (_("Unable to set unique breakpoint on dynamic linker callback.\n"
4639 "GDB will be unable to track shl_load/shl_unload calls."));
4640 return;
4641 }
4642
4643 /* Make sure that all storage allocated in decode_line_1 gets freed
4644 in case the following errors out. */
4645 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
4646 if (canonical != (char **) NULL)
4647 {
4648 make_cleanup (xfree, canonical);
4649 canonical_strings_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
4650 if (canonical[0] != NULL)
4651 make_cleanup (xfree, canonical[0]);
4652 }
4653
4654 resolve_sal_pc (&sals.sals[0]);
4655
4656 /* Remove the canonical strings from the cleanup, they are needed below. */
4657 if (canonical != (char **) NULL)
4658 discard_cleanups (canonical_strings_chain);
4659
4660 b = set_raw_breakpoint (sals.sals[0], bp_kind);
4661 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
4662 b->number = breakpoint_count;
4663 b->cond = NULL;
4664 b->cond_string = (cond_string == NULL) ?
4665 NULL : savestring (cond_string, strlen (cond_string));
4666 b->thread = thread;
4667
4668 if (canonical != (char **) NULL && canonical[0] != NULL)
4669 b->addr_string = canonical[0];
4670 else if (addr_start)
4671 b->addr_string = savestring (addr_start, addr_end - addr_start);
4672
4673 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
4674 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
4675
4676 if (dll_pathname == NULL)
4677 b->dll_pathname = NULL;
4678 else
4679 {
4680 b->dll_pathname = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (dll_pathname) + 1);
4681 strcpy (b->dll_pathname, dll_pathname);
4682 }
4683
4684 mention (b);
4685 do_cleanups (old_chain);
4686 }
4687
4688 void
4689 create_solib_load_event_breakpoint (char *hookname, int tempflag,
4690 char *dll_pathname, char *cond_string)
4691 {
4692 solib_load_unload_1 (hookname, tempflag, dll_pathname,
4693 cond_string, bp_catch_load);
4694 }
4695
4696 void
4697 create_solib_unload_event_breakpoint (char *hookname, int tempflag,
4698 char *dll_pathname, char *cond_string)
4699 {
4700 solib_load_unload_1 (hookname, tempflag, dll_pathname,
4701 cond_string, bp_catch_unload);
4702 }
4703
4704 static void
4705 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (int tempflag, char *cond_string,
4706 enum bptype bp_kind)
4707 {
4708 struct symtab_and_line sal;
4709 struct breakpoint *b;
4710 int thread = -1; /* All threads. */
4711
4712 init_sal (&sal);
4713 sal.pc = 0;
4714 sal.symtab = NULL;
4715 sal.line = 0;
4716
4717 b = set_raw_breakpoint (sal, bp_kind);
4718 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
4719 b->number = breakpoint_count;
4720 b->cond = NULL;
4721 b->cond_string = (cond_string == NULL) ?
4722 NULL : savestring (cond_string, strlen (cond_string));
4723 b->thread = thread;
4724 b->addr_string = NULL;
4725 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
4726 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
4727 b->forked_inferior_pid = 0;
4728
4729 mention (b);
4730 }
4731
4732 void
4733 create_fork_event_catchpoint (int tempflag, char *cond_string)
4734 {
4735 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (tempflag, cond_string, bp_catch_fork);
4736 }
4737
4738 void
4739 create_vfork_event_catchpoint (int tempflag, char *cond_string)
4740 {
4741 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (tempflag, cond_string, bp_catch_vfork);
4742 }
4743
4744 void
4745 create_exec_event_catchpoint (int tempflag, char *cond_string)
4746 {
4747 struct symtab_and_line sal;
4748 struct breakpoint *b;
4749 int thread = -1; /* All threads. */
4750
4751 init_sal (&sal);
4752 sal.pc = 0;
4753 sal.symtab = NULL;
4754 sal.line = 0;
4755
4756 b = set_raw_breakpoint (sal, bp_catch_exec);
4757 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
4758 b->number = breakpoint_count;
4759 b->cond = NULL;
4760 b->cond_string = (cond_string == NULL) ?
4761 NULL : savestring (cond_string, strlen (cond_string));
4762 b->thread = thread;
4763 b->addr_string = NULL;
4764 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
4765 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
4766
4767 mention (b);
4768 }
4769
4770 static int
4771 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
4772 {
4773 struct breakpoint *b;
4774 int i = 0;
4775
4776 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4777 {
4778 if (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint && b->enable_state == bp_enabled)
4779 i++;
4780 }
4781
4782 return i;
4783 }
4784
4785 static int
4786 hw_watchpoint_used_count (enum bptype type, int *other_type_used)
4787 {
4788 struct breakpoint *b;
4789 int i = 0;
4790
4791 *other_type_used = 0;
4792 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4793 {
4794 if (breakpoint_enabled (b))
4795 {
4796 if (b->type == type)
4797 i++;
4798 else if ((b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint ||
4799 b->type == bp_read_watchpoint ||
4800 b->type == bp_access_watchpoint))
4801 *other_type_used = 1;
4802 }
4803 }
4804 return i;
4805 }
4806
4807 /* Call this after hitting the longjmp() breakpoint. Use this to set
4808 a new breakpoint at the target of the jmp_buf.
4809
4810 FIXME - This ought to be done by setting a temporary breakpoint
4811 that gets deleted automatically... */
4812
4813 void
4814 set_longjmp_resume_breakpoint (CORE_ADDR pc, struct frame_id frame_id)
4815 {
4816 struct breakpoint *b;
4817
4818 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4819 if (b->type == bp_longjmp_resume)
4820 {
4821 b->loc->requested_address = pc;
4822 b->loc->address = adjust_breakpoint_address (b->loc->requested_address,
4823 b->type);
4824 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
4825 b->frame_id = frame_id;
4826 check_duplicates (b);
4827 return;
4828 }
4829 }
4830
4831 void
4832 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
4833 {
4834 struct breakpoint *b;
4835
4836 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4837 {
4838 if (((b->type == bp_watchpoint)
4839 || (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
4840 || (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
4841 || (b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
4842 || ep_is_exception_catchpoint (b))
4843 && breakpoint_enabled (b))
4844 {
4845 b->enable_state = bp_call_disabled;
4846 check_duplicates (b);
4847 }
4848 }
4849 }
4850
4851 void
4852 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
4853 {
4854 struct breakpoint *b;
4855
4856 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4857 {
4858 if (((b->type == bp_watchpoint)
4859 || (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
4860 || (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
4861 || (b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
4862 || ep_is_exception_catchpoint (b))
4863 && (b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled))
4864 {
4865 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
4866 check_duplicates (b);
4867 }
4868 }
4869 }
4870
4871
4872 /* Set a breakpoint that will evaporate an end of command
4873 at address specified by SAL.
4874 Restrict it to frame FRAME if FRAME is nonzero. */
4875
4876 struct breakpoint *
4877 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct symtab_and_line sal, struct frame_id frame_id,
4878 enum bptype type)
4879 {
4880 struct breakpoint *b;
4881 b = set_raw_breakpoint (sal, type);
4882 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
4883 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
4884 b->frame_id = frame_id;
4885
4886 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we
4887 want momentary breakpoints to be active in only a
4888 single thread of control. */
4889 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
4890 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
4891
4892 return b;
4893 }
4894 \f
4895
4896 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
4897
4898 static void
4899 mention (struct breakpoint *b)
4900 {
4901 int say_where = 0;
4902 struct cleanup *old_chain, *ui_out_chain;
4903 struct ui_stream *stb;
4904
4905 stb = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
4906 old_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb);
4907
4908 /* FIXME: This is misplaced; mention() is called by things (like
4909 hitting a watchpoint) other than breakpoint creation. It should
4910 be possible to clean this up and at the same time replace the
4911 random calls to breakpoint_changed with this hook, as has already
4912 been done for deprecated_delete_breakpoint_hook and so on. */
4913 if (deprecated_create_breakpoint_hook)
4914 deprecated_create_breakpoint_hook (b);
4915 breakpoint_create_event (b->number);
4916
4917 if (b->ops != NULL && b->ops->print_mention != NULL)
4918 b->ops->print_mention (b);
4919 else
4920 switch (b->type)
4921 {
4922 case bp_none:
4923 printf_filtered (_("(apparently deleted?) Eventpoint %d: "), b->number);
4924 break;
4925 case bp_watchpoint:
4926 ui_out_text (uiout, "Watchpoint ");
4927 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
4928 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
4929 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
4930 print_expression (b->exp, stb->stream);
4931 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "exp", stb);
4932 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
4933 break;
4934 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
4935 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware watchpoint ");
4936 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
4937 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
4938 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
4939 print_expression (b->exp, stb->stream);
4940 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "exp", stb);
4941 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
4942 break;
4943 case bp_read_watchpoint:
4944 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware read watchpoint ");
4945 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
4946 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
4947 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
4948 print_expression (b->exp, stb->stream);
4949 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "exp", stb);
4950 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
4951 break;
4952 case bp_access_watchpoint:
4953 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
4954 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
4955 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
4956 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
4957 print_expression (b->exp, stb->stream);
4958 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "exp", stb);
4959 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
4960 break;
4961 case bp_breakpoint:
4962 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
4963 {
4964 say_where = 0;
4965 break;
4966 }
4967 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d"), b->number);
4968 say_where = 1;
4969 break;
4970 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
4971 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
4972 {
4973 say_where = 0;
4974 break;
4975 }
4976 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b->number);
4977 say_where = 1;
4978 break;
4979 case bp_catch_load:
4980 case bp_catch_unload:
4981 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s %s)"),
4982 b->number,
4983 (b->type == bp_catch_load) ? "load" : "unload",
4984 (b->dll_pathname != NULL) ?
4985 b->dll_pathname : "<any library>");
4986 break;
4987 case bp_catch_fork:
4988 case bp_catch_vfork:
4989 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s)"),
4990 b->number,
4991 (b->type == bp_catch_fork) ? "fork" : "vfork");
4992 break;
4993 case bp_catch_exec:
4994 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"),
4995 b->number);
4996 break;
4997 case bp_catch_catch:
4998 case bp_catch_throw:
4999 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s)"),
5000 b->number,
5001 (b->type == bp_catch_catch) ? "catch" : "throw");
5002 break;
5003
5004 case bp_until:
5005 case bp_finish:
5006 case bp_longjmp:
5007 case bp_longjmp_resume:
5008 case bp_step_resume:
5009 case bp_call_dummy:
5010 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
5011 case bp_shlib_event:
5012 case bp_thread_event:
5013 case bp_overlay_event:
5014 break;
5015 }
5016
5017 if (say_where)
5018 {
5019 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
5020 single string. */
5021 if (b->pending)
5022 {
5023 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."), b->addr_string);
5024 }
5025 else
5026 {
5027 if (addressprint || b->source_file == NULL)
5028 {
5029 printf_filtered (" at ");
5030 deprecated_print_address_numeric (b->loc->address, 1, gdb_stdout);
5031 }
5032 if (b->source_file)
5033 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
5034 b->source_file, b->line_number);
5035 }
5036 }
5037 do_cleanups (old_chain);
5038 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
5039 return;
5040 printf_filtered ("\n");
5041 }
5042 \f
5043
5044 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
5045 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i],
5046 COND[i] and COND_STRING[i] values.
5047
5048 The parameter PENDING_BP points to a pending breakpoint that is
5049 the basis of the breakpoints currently being created. The pending
5050 breakpoint may contain a separate condition string or commands
5051 that were added after the initial pending breakpoint was created.
5052
5053 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
5054 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, COND and SALS (but not the
5055 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
5056 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
5057 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
5058
5059 static void
5060 create_breakpoints (struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char **addr_string,
5061 struct expression **cond, char **cond_string,
5062 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
5063 int thread, int ignore_count, int from_tty,
5064 struct breakpoint *pending_bp)
5065 {
5066 if (type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
5067 {
5068 int i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
5069 int target_resources_ok =
5070 TARGET_CAN_USE_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINT (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
5071 i + sals.nelts, 0);
5072 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
5073 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
5074 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
5075 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
5076 }
5077
5078 /* Now set all the breakpoints. */
5079 {
5080 int i;
5081 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
5082 {
5083 struct breakpoint *b;
5084 struct symtab_and_line sal = sals.sals[i];
5085
5086 if (from_tty)
5087 describe_other_breakpoints (sal.pc, sal.section, thread);
5088
5089 b = set_raw_breakpoint (sal, type);
5090 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
5091 b->number = breakpoint_count;
5092 b->cond = cond[i];
5093 b->thread = thread;
5094 if (addr_string[i])
5095 b->addr_string = addr_string[i];
5096 else
5097 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete
5098 me. */
5099 b->addr_string = xstrprintf ("*0x%s", paddr (b->loc->address));
5100 b->cond_string = cond_string[i];
5101 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
5102 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
5103 b->disposition = disposition;
5104 /* If resolving a pending breakpoint, a check must be made to see if
5105 the user has specified a new condition or commands for the
5106 breakpoint. A new condition will override any condition that was
5107 initially specified with the initial breakpoint command. */
5108 if (pending_bp)
5109 {
5110 char *arg;
5111 if (pending_bp->cond_string)
5112 {
5113 arg = pending_bp->cond_string;
5114 b->cond_string = savestring (arg, strlen (arg));
5115 b->cond = parse_exp_1 (&arg, block_for_pc (b->loc->address), 0);
5116 if (*arg)
5117 error (_("Junk at end of pending breakpoint condition expression"));
5118 }
5119 /* If there are commands associated with the breakpoint, they should
5120 be copied too. */
5121 if (pending_bp->commands)
5122 b->commands = copy_command_lines (pending_bp->commands);
5123
5124 /* We have to copy over the ignore_count and thread as well. */
5125 b->ignore_count = pending_bp->ignore_count;
5126 b->thread = pending_bp->thread;
5127 }
5128 mention (b);
5129 }
5130 }
5131 }
5132
5133 /* Parse ARG which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
5134 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
5135 addresses found. ADDR_STRING contains a vector of (canonical)
5136 address strings. ARG points to the end of the SAL. */
5137
5138 static void
5139 parse_breakpoint_sals (char **address,
5140 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals,
5141 char ***addr_string,
5142 int *not_found_ptr)
5143 {
5144 char *addr_start = *address;
5145 *addr_string = NULL;
5146 /* If no arg given, or if first arg is 'if ', use the default
5147 breakpoint. */
5148 if ((*address) == NULL
5149 || (strncmp ((*address), "if", 2) == 0 && isspace ((*address)[2])))
5150 {
5151 if (default_breakpoint_valid)
5152 {
5153 struct symtab_and_line sal;
5154 init_sal (&sal); /* initialize to zeroes */
5155 sals->sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
5156 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
5157 sal.pc = default_breakpoint_address;
5158 sal.line = default_breakpoint_line;
5159 sal.symtab = default_breakpoint_symtab;
5160 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (sal.pc);
5161 sals->sals[0] = sal;
5162 sals->nelts = 1;
5163 }
5164 else
5165 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
5166 }
5167 else
5168 {
5169 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
5170 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default). This
5171 should produce the results we want almost all of the time while
5172 leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
5173 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
5174 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '[' */
5175
5176 struct symtab_and_line cursal = get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
5177
5178 if (default_breakpoint_valid
5179 && (!cursal.symtab
5180 || ((strchr ("+-", (*address)[0]) != NULL)
5181 && ((*address)[1] != '['))))
5182 *sals = decode_line_1 (address, 1, default_breakpoint_symtab,
5183 default_breakpoint_line, addr_string,
5184 not_found_ptr);
5185 else
5186 *sals = decode_line_1 (address, 1, (struct symtab *) NULL, 0,
5187 addr_string, not_found_ptr);
5188 }
5189 /* For any SAL that didn't have a canonical string, fill one in. */
5190 if (sals->nelts > 0 && *addr_string == NULL)
5191 *addr_string = xcalloc (sals->nelts, sizeof (char **));
5192 if (addr_start != (*address))
5193 {
5194 int i;
5195 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
5196 {
5197 /* Add the string if not present. */
5198 if ((*addr_string)[i] == NULL)
5199 (*addr_string)[i] = savestring (addr_start, (*address) - addr_start);
5200 }
5201 }
5202 }
5203
5204
5205 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
5206 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
5207
5208 static void
5209 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines *sals,
5210 char *address)
5211 {
5212 int i;
5213 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
5214 {
5215 resolve_sal_pc (&sals->sals[i]);
5216
5217 /* It's possible for the PC to be nonzero, but still an illegal
5218 value on some targets.
5219
5220 For example, on HP-UX if you start gdb, and before running the
5221 inferior you try to set a breakpoint on a shared library function
5222 "foo" where the inferior doesn't call "foo" directly but does
5223 pass its address to another function call, then we do find a
5224 minimal symbol for the "foo", but it's address is invalid.
5225 (Appears to be an index into a table that the loader sets up
5226 when the inferior is run.)
5227
5228 Give the target a chance to bless sals.sals[i].pc before we
5229 try to make a breakpoint for it. */
5230 #ifdef DEPRECATED_PC_REQUIRES_RUN_BEFORE_USE
5231 if (DEPRECATED_PC_REQUIRES_RUN_BEFORE_USE (sals->sals[i].pc))
5232 {
5233 if (address == NULL)
5234 error (_("Cannot break without a running program."));
5235 else
5236 error (_("Cannot break on %s without a running program."),
5237 address);
5238 }
5239 #endif
5240 }
5241 }
5242
5243 static void
5244 do_captured_parse_breakpoint (struct ui_out *ui, void *data)
5245 {
5246 struct captured_parse_breakpoint_args *args = data;
5247
5248 parse_breakpoint_sals (args->arg_p, args->sals_p, args->addr_string_p,
5249 args->not_found_ptr);
5250 }
5251
5252 /* Set a breakpoint according to ARG (function, linenum or *address)
5253 flag: first bit : 0 non-temporary, 1 temporary.
5254 second bit : 0 normal breakpoint, 1 hardware breakpoint.
5255
5256 PENDING_BP is non-NULL when this function is being called to resolve
5257 a pending breakpoint. */
5258
5259 static int
5260 break_command_1 (char *arg, int flag, int from_tty, struct breakpoint *pending_bp)
5261 {
5262 struct gdb_exception e;
5263 int tempflag, hardwareflag;
5264 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
5265 struct expression **cond = 0;
5266 struct symtab_and_line pending_sal;
5267 char **cond_string = (char **) NULL;
5268 char *copy_arg;
5269 char *err_msg;
5270 char *addr_start = arg;
5271 char **addr_string;
5272 struct cleanup *old_chain;
5273 struct cleanup *breakpoint_chain = NULL;
5274 struct captured_parse_breakpoint_args parse_args;
5275 int i;
5276 int pending = 0;
5277 int thread = -1;
5278 int ignore_count = 0;
5279 int not_found = 0;
5280
5281 hardwareflag = flag & BP_HARDWAREFLAG;
5282 tempflag = flag & BP_TEMPFLAG;
5283
5284 sals.sals = NULL;
5285 sals.nelts = 0;
5286 addr_string = NULL;
5287
5288 parse_args.arg_p = &arg;
5289 parse_args.sals_p = &sals;
5290 parse_args.addr_string_p = &addr_string;
5291 parse_args.not_found_ptr = &not_found;
5292
5293 e = catch_exception (uiout, do_captured_parse_breakpoint,
5294 &parse_args, RETURN_MASK_ALL);
5295
5296 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set value. */
5297 switch (e.reason)
5298 {
5299 case RETURN_QUIT:
5300 exception_print (gdb_stderr, e);
5301 return e.reason;
5302 case RETURN_ERROR:
5303 switch (e.error)
5304 {
5305 case NOT_FOUND_ERROR:
5306 /* If called to resolve pending breakpoint, just return
5307 error code. */
5308 if (pending_bp)
5309 return e.reason;
5310
5311 exception_print (gdb_stderr, e);
5312
5313 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
5314 error. */
5315
5316 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE)
5317 deprecated_throw_reason (RETURN_ERROR);
5318
5319 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
5320 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
5321 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO &&
5322 !nquery ("Make breakpoint pending on future shared library load? "))
5323 return e.reason;
5324
5325 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
5326 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
5327 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
5328 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
5329 copy_arg = xstrdup (addr_start);
5330 addr_string = &copy_arg;
5331 sals.nelts = 1;
5332 sals.sals = &pending_sal;
5333 pending_sal.pc = 0;
5334 pending = 1;
5335 break;
5336 default:
5337 exception_print (gdb_stderr, e);
5338 return e.reason;
5339 }
5340 default:
5341 if (!sals.nelts)
5342 return GDB_RC_FAIL;
5343 }
5344
5345 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
5346 old_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
5347
5348 if (!pending)
5349 {
5350 /* Make sure that all storage allocated to SALS gets freed. */
5351 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
5352
5353 /* Cleanup the addr_string array but not its contents. */
5354 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string);
5355 }
5356
5357 /* Allocate space for all the cond expressions. */
5358 cond = xcalloc (sals.nelts, sizeof (struct expression *));
5359 make_cleanup (xfree, cond);
5360
5361 /* Allocate space for all the cond strings. */
5362 cond_string = xcalloc (sals.nelts, sizeof (char **));
5363 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
5364
5365 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
5366 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
5367 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
5368 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
5369 breakpoint_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
5370
5371 /* Mark the contents of the addr_string for cleanup. These go on
5372 the breakpoint_chain and only occure if the breakpoint create
5373 fails. */
5374 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
5375 {
5376 if (addr_string[i] != NULL)
5377 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string[i]);
5378 }
5379
5380 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
5381 are ok for the target. */
5382 if (!pending)
5383 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&sals, addr_start);
5384
5385 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
5386 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
5387 breakpoint. */
5388 thread = -1; /* No specific thread yet */
5389 if (!pending)
5390 {
5391 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
5392 {
5393 char *tok = arg;
5394 while (tok && *tok)
5395 {
5396 char *end_tok;
5397 int toklen;
5398 char *cond_start = NULL;
5399 char *cond_end = NULL;
5400 while (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t')
5401 tok++;
5402
5403 end_tok = tok;
5404
5405 while (*end_tok != ' ' && *end_tok != '\t' && *end_tok != '\000')
5406 end_tok++;
5407
5408 toklen = end_tok - tok;
5409
5410 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
5411 {
5412 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
5413 cond[i] = parse_exp_1 (&tok, block_for_pc (sals.sals[i].pc),
5414 0);
5415 make_cleanup (xfree, cond[i]);
5416 cond_end = tok;
5417 cond_string[i] = savestring (cond_start,
5418 cond_end - cond_start);
5419 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string[i]);
5420 }
5421 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "thread", toklen) == 0)
5422 {
5423 char *tmptok;
5424
5425 tok = end_tok + 1;
5426 tmptok = tok;
5427 thread = strtol (tok, &tok, 0);
5428 if (tok == tmptok)
5429 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
5430 if (!valid_thread_id (thread))
5431 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), thread);
5432 }
5433 else
5434 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
5435 }
5436 }
5437 create_breakpoints (sals, addr_string, cond, cond_string,
5438 hardwareflag ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
5439 : bp_breakpoint,
5440 tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch,
5441 thread, ignore_count, from_tty,
5442 pending_bp);
5443 }
5444 else
5445 {
5446 struct symtab_and_line sal;
5447 struct breakpoint *b;
5448
5449 sal.symtab = NULL;
5450 sal.pc = 0;
5451
5452 make_cleanup (xfree, copy_arg);
5453
5454 b = set_raw_breakpoint (sal, hardwareflag ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
5455 : bp_breakpoint);
5456 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
5457 b->number = breakpoint_count;
5458 b->cond = *cond;
5459 b->thread = thread;
5460 b->addr_string = *addr_string;
5461 b->cond_string = *cond_string;
5462 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
5463 b->pending = 1;
5464 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
5465 b->from_tty = from_tty;
5466 b->flag = flag;
5467 mention (b);
5468 }
5469
5470 if (sals.nelts > 1)
5471 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\n"
5472 "Use the \"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
5473 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
5474 breakpoint. */
5475 discard_cleanups (breakpoint_chain);
5476 /* But cleanup everything else. */
5477 do_cleanups (old_chain);
5478
5479 return GDB_RC_OK;
5480 }
5481
5482 /* Set a breakpoint of TYPE/DISPOSITION according to ARG (function,
5483 linenum or *address) with COND and IGNORE_COUNT. */
5484
5485 struct captured_breakpoint_args
5486 {
5487 char *address;
5488 char *condition;
5489 int hardwareflag;
5490 int tempflag;
5491 int thread;
5492 int ignore_count;
5493 };
5494
5495 static int
5496 do_captured_breakpoint (struct ui_out *uiout, void *data)
5497 {
5498 struct captured_breakpoint_args *args = data;
5499 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
5500 struct expression **cond;
5501 struct cleanup *old_chain;
5502 struct cleanup *breakpoint_chain = NULL;
5503 int i;
5504 char **addr_string;
5505 char **cond_string;
5506
5507 char *address_end;
5508
5509 /* Parse the source and lines spec. Delay check that the expression
5510 didn't contain trailing garbage until after cleanups are in
5511 place. */
5512 sals.sals = NULL;
5513 sals.nelts = 0;
5514 address_end = args->address;
5515 addr_string = NULL;
5516 parse_breakpoint_sals (&address_end, &sals, &addr_string, 0);
5517
5518 if (!sals.nelts)
5519 return GDB_RC_NONE;
5520
5521 /* Create a chain of things at always need to be cleaned up. */
5522 old_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
5523
5524 /* Always have a addr_string array, even if it is empty. */
5525 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string);
5526
5527 /* Make sure that all storage allocated to SALS gets freed. */
5528 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
5529
5530 /* Allocate space for all the cond expressions. */
5531 cond = xcalloc (sals.nelts, sizeof (struct expression *));
5532 make_cleanup (xfree, cond);
5533
5534 /* Allocate space for all the cond strings. */
5535 cond_string = xcalloc (sals.nelts, sizeof (char **));
5536 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
5537
5538 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
5539 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
5540 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create goes
5541 through then that memory is not cleaned up. */
5542 breakpoint_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
5543
5544 /* Mark the contents of the addr_string for cleanup. These go on
5545 the breakpoint_chain and only occure if the breakpoint create
5546 fails. */
5547 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
5548 {
5549 if (addr_string[i] != NULL)
5550 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string[i]);
5551 }
5552
5553 /* Wait until now before checking for garbage at the end of the
5554 address. That way cleanups can take care of freeing any
5555 memory. */
5556 if (*address_end != '\0')
5557 error (_("Garbage %s following breakpoint address"), address_end);
5558
5559 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's. */
5560 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&sals, args->address);
5561
5562 /* Verify that conditions can be parsed, before setting any
5563 breakpoints. */
5564 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
5565 {
5566 if (args->condition != NULL)
5567 {
5568 char *tok = args->condition;
5569 cond[i] = parse_exp_1 (&tok, block_for_pc (sals.sals[i].pc), 0);
5570 if (*tok != '\0')
5571 error (_("Garbage %s follows condition"), tok);
5572 make_cleanup (xfree, cond[i]);
5573 cond_string[i] = xstrdup (args->condition);
5574 }
5575 }
5576
5577 create_breakpoints (sals, addr_string, cond, cond_string,
5578 args->hardwareflag ? bp_hardware_breakpoint : bp_breakpoint,
5579 args->tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch,
5580 args->thread, args->ignore_count, 0/*from-tty*/,
5581 NULL/*pending_bp*/);
5582
5583 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
5584 breakpoint. */
5585 discard_cleanups (breakpoint_chain);
5586 /* But cleanup everything else. */
5587 do_cleanups (old_chain);
5588 return GDB_RC_OK;
5589 }
5590
5591 enum gdb_rc
5592 gdb_breakpoint (char *address, char *condition,
5593 int hardwareflag, int tempflag,
5594 int thread, int ignore_count,
5595 char **error_message)
5596 {
5597 struct captured_breakpoint_args args;
5598 args.address = address;
5599 args.condition = condition;
5600 args.hardwareflag = hardwareflag;
5601 args.tempflag = tempflag;
5602 args.thread = thread;
5603 args.ignore_count = ignore_count;
5604 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout, do_captured_breakpoint, &args,
5605 error_message, RETURN_MASK_ALL) < 0)
5606 return GDB_RC_FAIL;
5607 else
5608 return GDB_RC_OK;
5609 }
5610
5611
5612 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
5613
5614 void
5615 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line *sal)
5616 {
5617 CORE_ADDR pc;
5618
5619 if (sal->pc == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
5620 {
5621 if (!find_line_pc (sal->symtab, sal->line, &pc))
5622 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
5623 sal->line, sal->symtab->filename);
5624 sal->pc = pc;
5625 }
5626
5627 if (sal->section == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
5628 {
5629 struct blockvector *bv;
5630 struct block *b;
5631 struct symbol *sym;
5632 int index;
5633
5634 bv = blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal->pc, 0, &index, sal->symtab);
5635 if (bv != NULL)
5636 {
5637 b = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, index);
5638 sym = block_function (b);
5639 if (sym != NULL)
5640 {
5641 fixup_symbol_section (sym, sal->symtab->objfile);
5642 sal->section = SYMBOL_BFD_SECTION (sym);
5643 }
5644 else
5645 {
5646 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll just
5647 have to look harder. This case can be executed if we have
5648 line numbers but no functions (as can happen in assembly
5649 source). */
5650
5651 struct minimal_symbol *msym;
5652
5653 msym = lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal->pc);
5654 if (msym)
5655 sal->section = SYMBOL_BFD_SECTION (msym);
5656 }
5657 }
5658 }
5659 }
5660
5661 void
5662 break_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
5663 {
5664 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty, NULL);
5665 }
5666
5667 void
5668 tbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
5669 {
5670 break_command_1 (arg, BP_TEMPFLAG, from_tty, NULL);
5671 }
5672
5673 static void
5674 hbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
5675 {
5676 break_command_1 (arg, BP_HARDWAREFLAG, from_tty, NULL);
5677 }
5678
5679 static void
5680 thbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
5681 {
5682 break_command_1 (arg, (BP_TEMPFLAG | BP_HARDWAREFLAG), from_tty, NULL);
5683 }
5684
5685 static void
5686 stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
5687 {
5688 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
5689 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
5690 stop at <line>\n"));
5691 }
5692
5693 static void
5694 stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
5695 {
5696 int badInput = 0;
5697
5698 if (arg == (char *) NULL)
5699 badInput = 1;
5700 else if (*arg != '*')
5701 {
5702 char *argptr = arg;
5703 int hasColon = 0;
5704
5705 /* look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
5706 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
5707 function/method name */
5708 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
5709 {
5710 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
5711 argptr++;
5712 }
5713
5714 if (hasColon)
5715 badInput = (*argptr != ':'); /* Not a class::method */
5716 else
5717 badInput = isdigit (*arg); /* a simple line number */
5718 }
5719
5720 if (badInput)
5721 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
5722 else
5723 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty, NULL);
5724 }
5725
5726 static void
5727 stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
5728 {
5729 int badInput = 0;
5730
5731 if (arg == (char *) NULL || *arg == '*') /* no line number */
5732 badInput = 1;
5733 else
5734 {
5735 char *argptr = arg;
5736 int hasColon = 0;
5737
5738 /* look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
5739 it is probably a line number. */
5740 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
5741 {
5742 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
5743 argptr++;
5744 }
5745
5746 if (hasColon)
5747 badInput = (*argptr == ':'); /* we have class::method */
5748 else
5749 badInput = !isdigit (*arg); /* not a line number */
5750 }
5751
5752 if (badInput)
5753 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
5754 else
5755 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty, NULL);
5756 }
5757
5758 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
5759 hw_read: watch read,
5760 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
5761 static void
5762 watch_command_1 (char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty)
5763 {
5764 struct breakpoint *b;
5765 struct symtab_and_line sal;
5766 struct expression *exp;
5767 struct block *exp_valid_block;
5768 struct value *val, *mark;
5769 struct frame_info *frame;
5770 struct frame_info *prev_frame = NULL;
5771 char *exp_start = NULL;
5772 char *exp_end = NULL;
5773 char *tok, *end_tok;
5774 int toklen;
5775 char *cond_start = NULL;
5776 char *cond_end = NULL;
5777 struct expression *cond = NULL;
5778 int i, other_type_used, target_resources_ok = 0;
5779 enum bptype bp_type;
5780 int mem_cnt = 0;
5781
5782 init_sal (&sal); /* initialize to zeroes */
5783
5784 /* Parse arguments. */
5785 innermost_block = NULL;
5786 exp_start = arg;
5787 exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0);
5788 exp_end = arg;
5789 exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
5790 mark = value_mark ();
5791 val = evaluate_expression (exp);
5792 release_value (val);
5793 if (value_lazy (val))
5794 value_fetch_lazy (val);
5795
5796 tok = arg;
5797 while (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t')
5798 tok++;
5799 end_tok = tok;
5800
5801 while (*end_tok != ' ' && *end_tok != '\t' && *end_tok != '\000')
5802 end_tok++;
5803
5804 toklen = end_tok - tok;
5805 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
5806 {
5807 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
5808 cond = parse_exp_1 (&tok, 0, 0);
5809 cond_end = tok;
5810 }
5811 if (*tok)
5812 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
5813
5814 if (accessflag == hw_read)
5815 bp_type = bp_read_watchpoint;
5816 else if (accessflag == hw_access)
5817 bp_type = bp_access_watchpoint;
5818 else
5819 bp_type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
5820
5821 mem_cnt = can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val);
5822 if (mem_cnt == 0 && bp_type != bp_hardware_watchpoint)
5823 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with read/access watchpoint."));
5824 if (mem_cnt != 0)
5825 {
5826 i = hw_watchpoint_used_count (bp_type, &other_type_used);
5827 target_resources_ok =
5828 TARGET_CAN_USE_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINT (bp_type, i + mem_cnt,
5829 other_type_used);
5830 if (target_resources_ok == 0 && bp_type != bp_hardware_watchpoint)
5831 error (_("Target does not support this type of hardware watchpoint."));
5832
5833 if (target_resources_ok < 0 && bp_type != bp_hardware_watchpoint)
5834 error (_("Target can only support one kind of HW watchpoint at a time."));
5835 }
5836
5837 #if defined(HPUXHPPA)
5838 /* On HP-UX if you set a h/w
5839 watchpoint before the "run" command, the inferior dies with a e.g.,
5840 SIGILL once you start it. I initially believed this was due to a
5841 bad interaction between page protection traps and the initial
5842 startup sequence by the dynamic linker.
5843
5844 However, I tried avoiding that by having HP-UX's implementation of
5845 TARGET_CAN_USE_HW_WATCHPOINT return FALSE if there was no inferior_ptid
5846 yet, which forced slow watches before a "run" or "attach", and it
5847 still fails somewhere in the startup code.
5848
5849 Until I figure out what's happening, I'm disallowing watches altogether
5850 before the "run" or "attach" command. We'll tell the user they must
5851 set watches after getting the program started. */
5852 if (!target_has_execution)
5853 {
5854 warning (_("can't do that without a running program; try \"break main\"), \"run\" first");
5855 return;
5856 }
5857 #endif /* HPUXHPPA */
5858
5859 /* Change the type of breakpoint to an ordinary watchpoint if a hardware
5860 watchpoint could not be set. */
5861 if (!mem_cnt || target_resources_ok <= 0)
5862 bp_type = bp_watchpoint;
5863
5864 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
5865 b = set_raw_breakpoint (sal, bp_type);
5866 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
5867 b->number = breakpoint_count;
5868 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
5869 b->exp = exp;
5870 b->exp_valid_block = exp_valid_block;
5871 b->exp_string = savestring (exp_start, exp_end - exp_start);
5872 b->val = val;
5873 b->cond = cond;
5874 if (cond_start)
5875 b->cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
5876 else
5877 b->cond_string = 0;
5878
5879 frame = block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block);
5880 if (frame)
5881 {
5882 prev_frame = get_prev_frame (frame);
5883 b->watchpoint_frame = get_frame_id (frame);
5884 }
5885 else
5886 {
5887 memset (&b->watchpoint_frame, 0, sizeof (b->watchpoint_frame));
5888 }
5889
5890 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
5891 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
5892 expression. */
5893 if (innermost_block)
5894 {
5895 if (prev_frame)
5896 {
5897 struct breakpoint *scope_breakpoint;
5898 scope_breakpoint = create_internal_breakpoint (get_frame_pc (prev_frame),
5899 bp_watchpoint_scope);
5900
5901 scope_breakpoint->enable_state = bp_enabled;
5902
5903 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
5904 scope_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del;
5905
5906 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
5907 scope_breakpoint->frame_id = get_frame_id (prev_frame);
5908
5909 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
5910 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address
5911 = get_frame_pc (prev_frame);
5912 scope_breakpoint->loc->address
5913 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address,
5914 scope_breakpoint->type);
5915
5916 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We
5917 will need to act on them together. */
5918 b->related_breakpoint = scope_breakpoint;
5919 }
5920 }
5921 value_free_to_mark (mark);
5922 mention (b);
5923 }
5924
5925 /* Return count of locations need to be watched and can be handled
5926 in hardware. If the watchpoint can not be handled
5927 in hardware return zero. */
5928
5929 static int
5930 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *v)
5931 {
5932 int found_memory_cnt = 0;
5933 struct value *head = v;
5934
5935 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
5936 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
5937 return 0;
5938
5939 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
5940 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
5941 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
5942 hardware watchpoint.
5943
5944 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
5945 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
5946 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
5947 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
5948 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
5949 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
5950 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
5951 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
5952 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
5953
5954 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
5955 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
5956 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
5957 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
5958 for (; v; v = value_next (v))
5959 {
5960 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory)
5961 {
5962 if (value_lazy (v))
5963 /* A lazy memory lvalue is one that GDB never needed to fetch;
5964 we either just used its address (e.g., `a' in `a.b') or
5965 we never needed it at all (e.g., `a' in `a,b'). */
5966 ;
5967 else
5968 {
5969 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
5970 it with hardware watchpoints. */
5971 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
5972
5973 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
5974 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
5975 middle of some value chain. */
5976 if (v == head
5977 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
5978 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
5979 {
5980 CORE_ADDR vaddr = VALUE_ADDRESS (v) + value_offset (v);
5981 int len = TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
5982
5983 if (!TARGET_REGION_OK_FOR_HW_WATCHPOINT (vaddr, len))
5984 return 0;
5985 else
5986 found_memory_cnt++;
5987 }
5988 }
5989 }
5990 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) != not_lval
5991 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v) == 0)
5992 return 0; /* ??? What does this represent? */
5993 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_register)
5994 return 0; /* cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint */
5995 }
5996
5997 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
5998 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
5999 return found_memory_cnt;
6000 }
6001
6002 void
6003 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty)
6004 {
6005 watch_command (arg, from_tty);
6006 }
6007
6008 static void
6009 watch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
6010 {
6011 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_write, from_tty);
6012 }
6013
6014 void
6015 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty)
6016 {
6017 rwatch_command (arg, from_tty);
6018 }
6019
6020 static void
6021 rwatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
6022 {
6023 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_read, from_tty);
6024 }
6025
6026 void
6027 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty)
6028 {
6029 awatch_command (arg, from_tty);
6030 }
6031
6032 static void
6033 awatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
6034 {
6035 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_access, from_tty);
6036 }
6037 \f
6038
6039 /* Helper routines for the until_command routine in infcmd.c. Here
6040 because it uses the mechanisms of breakpoints. */
6041
6042 /* This function is called by fetch_inferior_event via the
6043 cmd_continuation pointer, to complete the until command. It takes
6044 care of cleaning up the temporary breakpoints set up by the until
6045 command. */
6046 static void
6047 until_break_command_continuation (struct continuation_arg *arg)
6048 {
6049 struct cleanup *cleanups;
6050
6051 cleanups = (struct cleanup *) arg->data.pointer;
6052 do_exec_cleanups (cleanups);
6053 }
6054
6055 void
6056 until_break_command (char *arg, int from_tty, int anywhere)
6057 {
6058 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
6059 struct symtab_and_line sal;
6060 struct frame_info *frame = get_selected_frame (NULL);
6061 struct frame_info *prev_frame = get_prev_frame (frame);
6062 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
6063 struct cleanup *old_chain;
6064 struct continuation_arg *arg1;
6065
6066
6067 clear_proceed_status ();
6068
6069 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
6070 this function */
6071
6072 if (default_breakpoint_valid)
6073 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, 1, default_breakpoint_symtab,
6074 default_breakpoint_line, (char ***) NULL, NULL);
6075 else
6076 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, 1, (struct symtab *) NULL,
6077 0, (char ***) NULL, NULL);
6078
6079 if (sals.nelts != 1)
6080 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
6081
6082 sal = sals.sals[0];
6083 xfree (sals.sals); /* malloc'd, so freed */
6084
6085 if (*arg)
6086 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
6087
6088 resolve_sal_pc (&sal);
6089
6090 if (anywhere)
6091 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
6092 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
6093 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (sal, null_frame_id, bp_until);
6094 else
6095 /* Otherwise, specify the current frame, because we want to stop only
6096 at the very same frame. */
6097 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (sal, get_frame_id (frame),
6098 bp_until);
6099
6100 if (!target_can_async_p ())
6101 old_chain = make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint);
6102 else
6103 old_chain = make_exec_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint);
6104
6105 /* If we are running asynchronously, and the target supports async
6106 execution, we are not waiting for the target to stop, in the call
6107 tp proceed, below. This means that we cannot delete the
6108 brekpoints until the target has actually stopped. The only place
6109 where we get a chance to do that is in fetch_inferior_event, so
6110 we must set things up for that. */
6111
6112 if (target_can_async_p ())
6113 {
6114 /* In this case the arg for the continuation is just the point
6115 in the exec_cleanups chain from where to start doing
6116 cleanups, because all the continuation does is the cleanups in
6117 the exec_cleanup_chain. */
6118 arg1 =
6119 (struct continuation_arg *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct continuation_arg));
6120 arg1->next = NULL;
6121 arg1->data.pointer = old_chain;
6122
6123 add_continuation (until_break_command_continuation, arg1);
6124 }
6125
6126 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
6127 one. */
6128 if (prev_frame)
6129 {
6130 sal = find_pc_line (get_frame_pc (prev_frame), 0);
6131 sal.pc = get_frame_pc (prev_frame);
6132 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (sal, get_frame_id (prev_frame),
6133 bp_until);
6134 if (!target_can_async_p ())
6135 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint);
6136 else
6137 make_exec_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint);
6138 }
6139
6140 proceed (-1, TARGET_SIGNAL_DEFAULT, 0);
6141 /* Do the cleanups now, anly if we are not running asynchronously,
6142 of if we are, but the target is still synchronous. */
6143 if (!target_can_async_p ())
6144 do_cleanups (old_chain);
6145 }
6146
6147 static void
6148 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (char **s)
6149 {
6150 if ((s == NULL) || (*s == NULL))
6151 return;
6152 while (isspace (**s))
6153 *s += 1;
6154 }
6155
6156 /* This function examines a string, and attempts to find a token
6157 that might be an event name in the leading characters. If a
6158 possible match is found, a pointer to the last character of
6159 the token is returned. Else, NULL is returned. */
6160
6161 static char *
6162 ep_find_event_name_end (char *arg)
6163 {
6164 char *s = arg;
6165 char *event_name_end = NULL;
6166
6167 /* If we could depend upon the presense of strrpbrk, we'd use that... */
6168 if (arg == NULL)
6169 return NULL;
6170
6171 /* We break out of the loop when we find a token delimiter.
6172 Basically, we're looking for alphanumerics and underscores;
6173 anything else delimites the token. */
6174 while (*s != '\0')
6175 {
6176 if (!isalnum (*s) && (*s != '_'))
6177 break;
6178 event_name_end = s;
6179 s++;
6180 }
6181
6182 return event_name_end;
6183 }
6184
6185
6186 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
6187 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
6188
6189 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
6190 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
6191 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
6192 if clause in the arg string. */
6193
6194 static char *
6195 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg)
6196 {
6197 char *cond_string;
6198
6199 if (((*arg)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg)[2]))
6200 return NULL;
6201
6202 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
6203 (*arg) += 2;
6204
6205 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
6206 condition string. */
6207 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (arg);
6208 cond_string = *arg;
6209
6210 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg string. */
6211 (*arg) += strlen (cond_string);
6212
6213 return cond_string;
6214 }
6215
6216 /* This function attempts to parse an optional filename from the arg
6217 string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
6218
6219 Else, it returns a pointer to the parsed filename. (This function
6220 makes no attempt to verify that a file of that name exists, or is
6221 accessible.) And, it updates arg to point to the first character
6222 following the parsed filename in the arg string.
6223
6224 Note that clients needing to preserve the returned filename for
6225 future access should copy it to their own buffers. */
6226 static char *
6227 ep_parse_optional_filename (char **arg)
6228 {
6229 static char filename[1024];
6230 char *arg_p = *arg;
6231 int i;
6232 char c;
6233
6234 if ((*arg_p == '\0') || isspace (*arg_p))
6235 return NULL;
6236
6237 for (i = 0;; i++)
6238 {
6239 c = *arg_p;
6240 if (isspace (c))
6241 c = '\0';
6242 filename[i] = c;
6243 if (c == '\0')
6244 break;
6245 arg_p++;
6246 }
6247 *arg = arg_p;
6248
6249 return filename;
6250 }
6251
6252 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
6253 process start/exit, etc. */
6254
6255 typedef enum
6256 {
6257 catch_fork, catch_vfork
6258 }
6259 catch_fork_kind;
6260
6261 static void
6262 catch_fork_command_1 (catch_fork_kind fork_kind, char *arg, int tempflag,
6263 int from_tty)
6264 {
6265 char *cond_string = NULL;
6266
6267 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg);
6268
6269 /* The allowed syntax is:
6270 catch [v]fork
6271 catch [v]fork if <cond>
6272
6273 First, check if there's an if clause. */
6274 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
6275
6276 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
6277 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
6278
6279 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
6280 and enable reporting of such events. */
6281 switch (fork_kind)
6282 {
6283 case catch_fork:
6284 create_fork_event_catchpoint (tempflag, cond_string);
6285 break;
6286 case catch_vfork:
6287 create_vfork_event_catchpoint (tempflag, cond_string);
6288 break;
6289 default:
6290 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
6291 break;
6292 }
6293 }
6294
6295 static void
6296 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg, int tempflag, int from_tty)
6297 {
6298 char *cond_string = NULL;
6299
6300 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg);
6301
6302 /* The allowed syntax is:
6303 catch exec
6304 catch exec if <cond>
6305
6306 First, check if there's an if clause. */
6307 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
6308
6309 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
6310 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
6311
6312 /* If this target supports it, create an exec catchpoint
6313 and enable reporting of such events. */
6314 create_exec_event_catchpoint (tempflag, cond_string);
6315 }
6316
6317 static void
6318 catch_load_command_1 (char *arg, int tempflag, int from_tty)
6319 {
6320 char *dll_pathname = NULL;
6321 char *cond_string = NULL;
6322
6323 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg);
6324
6325 /* The allowed syntax is:
6326 catch load
6327 catch load if <cond>
6328 catch load <filename>
6329 catch load <filename> if <cond>
6330
6331 The user is not allowed to specify the <filename> after an
6332 if clause.
6333
6334 We'll ignore the pathological case of a file named "if".
6335
6336 First, check if there's an if clause. If so, then there
6337 cannot be a filename. */
6338 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
6339
6340 /* If there was an if clause, then there cannot be a filename.
6341 Else, there might be a filename and an if clause. */
6342 if (cond_string == NULL)
6343 {
6344 dll_pathname = ep_parse_optional_filename (&arg);
6345 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg);
6346 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
6347 }
6348
6349 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
6350 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
6351
6352 /* Create a load breakpoint that only triggers when a load of
6353 the specified dll (or any dll, if no pathname was specified)
6354 occurs. */
6355 SOLIB_CREATE_CATCH_LOAD_HOOK (PIDGET (inferior_ptid), tempflag,
6356 dll_pathname, cond_string);
6357 }
6358
6359 static void
6360 catch_unload_command_1 (char *arg, int tempflag, int from_tty)
6361 {
6362 char *dll_pathname = NULL;
6363 char *cond_string = NULL;
6364
6365 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg);
6366
6367 /* The allowed syntax is:
6368 catch unload
6369 catch unload if <cond>
6370 catch unload <filename>
6371 catch unload <filename> if <cond>
6372
6373 The user is not allowed to specify the <filename> after an
6374 if clause.
6375
6376 We'll ignore the pathological case of a file named "if".
6377
6378 First, check if there's an if clause. If so, then there
6379 cannot be a filename. */
6380 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
6381
6382 /* If there was an if clause, then there cannot be a filename.
6383 Else, there might be a filename and an if clause. */
6384 if (cond_string == NULL)
6385 {
6386 dll_pathname = ep_parse_optional_filename (&arg);
6387 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg);
6388 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
6389 }
6390
6391 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
6392 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
6393
6394 /* Create an unload breakpoint that only triggers when an unload of
6395 the specified dll (or any dll, if no pathname was specified)
6396 occurs. */
6397 SOLIB_CREATE_CATCH_UNLOAD_HOOK (PIDGET (inferior_ptid), tempflag,
6398 dll_pathname, cond_string);
6399 }
6400
6401 /* Commands to deal with catching exceptions. */
6402
6403 /* Set a breakpoint at the specified callback routine for an
6404 exception event callback */
6405
6406 static void
6407 create_exception_catchpoint (int tempflag, char *cond_string,
6408 enum exception_event_kind ex_event,
6409 struct symtab_and_line *sal)
6410 {
6411 struct breakpoint *b;
6412 int thread = -1; /* All threads. */
6413 enum bptype bptype;
6414
6415 if (!sal) /* no exception support? */
6416 return;
6417
6418 switch (ex_event)
6419 {
6420 case EX_EVENT_THROW:
6421 bptype = bp_catch_throw;
6422 break;
6423 case EX_EVENT_CATCH:
6424 bptype = bp_catch_catch;
6425 break;
6426 default: /* error condition */
6427 error (_("Internal error -- invalid catchpoint kind"));
6428 }
6429
6430 b = set_raw_breakpoint (*sal, bptype);
6431 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
6432 b->number = breakpoint_count;
6433 b->cond = NULL;
6434 b->cond_string = (cond_string == NULL) ?
6435 NULL : savestring (cond_string, strlen (cond_string));
6436 b->thread = thread;
6437 b->addr_string = NULL;
6438 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
6439 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
6440 mention (b);
6441 }
6442
6443 static enum print_stop_action
6444 print_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
6445 {
6446 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
6447
6448 if (strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL)
6449 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (exception thrown)\n"),
6450 b->number);
6451 else
6452 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (exception caught)\n"),
6453 b->number);
6454
6455 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
6456 }
6457
6458 static void
6459 print_one_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, CORE_ADDR *last_addr)
6460 {
6461 if (addressprint)
6462 {
6463 annotate_field (4);
6464 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "addr", b->loc->address);
6465 }
6466 annotate_field (5);
6467 *last_addr = b->loc->address;
6468 if (strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL)
6469 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "exception throw");
6470 else
6471 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "exception catch");
6472 }
6473
6474 static void
6475 print_mention_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
6476 {
6477 if (strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL)
6478 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (throw)"), b->number);
6479 else
6480 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (catch)"), b->number);
6481 }
6482
6483 static struct breakpoint_ops gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops = {
6484 print_exception_catchpoint,
6485 print_one_exception_catchpoint,
6486 print_mention_exception_catchpoint
6487 };
6488
6489 static int
6490 handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (int tempflag, char *cond_string,
6491 enum exception_event_kind ex_event, int from_tty)
6492 {
6493 char *trigger_func_name, *nameptr;
6494 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
6495 struct breakpoint *b;
6496
6497 if (ex_event == EX_EVENT_CATCH)
6498 trigger_func_name = xstrdup ("__cxa_begin_catch");
6499 else
6500 trigger_func_name = xstrdup ("__cxa_throw");
6501
6502 nameptr = trigger_func_name;
6503 sals = decode_line_1 (&nameptr, 1, NULL, 0, NULL, NULL);
6504 if (sals.nelts == 0)
6505 {
6506 xfree (trigger_func_name);
6507 return 0;
6508 }
6509
6510 b = set_raw_breakpoint (sals.sals[0], bp_breakpoint);
6511 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
6512 b->number = breakpoint_count;
6513 b->cond = NULL;
6514 b->cond_string = (cond_string == NULL) ?
6515 NULL : savestring (cond_string, strlen (cond_string));
6516 b->thread = -1;
6517 b->addr_string = trigger_func_name;
6518 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
6519 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
6520 b->ops = &gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops;
6521
6522 xfree (sals.sals);
6523 mention (b);
6524 return 1;
6525 }
6526
6527 /* Deal with "catch catch" and "catch throw" commands */
6528
6529 static void
6530 catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event, char *arg,
6531 int tempflag, int from_tty)
6532 {
6533 char *cond_string = NULL;
6534 struct symtab_and_line *sal = NULL;
6535
6536 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg);
6537
6538 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
6539
6540 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
6541 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
6542
6543 if ((ex_event != EX_EVENT_THROW) &&
6544 (ex_event != EX_EVENT_CATCH))
6545 error (_("Unsupported or unknown exception event; cannot catch it"));
6546
6547 if (handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (tempflag, cond_string, ex_event, from_tty))
6548 return;
6549
6550 /* See if we can find a callback routine */
6551 sal = target_enable_exception_callback (ex_event, 1);
6552
6553 if (sal)
6554 {
6555 /* We have callbacks from the runtime system for exceptions.
6556 Set a breakpoint on the sal found, if no errors */
6557 if (sal != (struct symtab_and_line *) -1)
6558 create_exception_catchpoint (tempflag, cond_string, ex_event, sal);
6559 else
6560 return; /* something went wrong with setting up callbacks */
6561 }
6562
6563 warning (_("Unsupported with this platform/compiler combination."));
6564 }
6565
6566 /* Create a breakpoint struct for Ada exception catchpoints. */
6567
6568 static void
6569 create_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct symtab_and_line sal,
6570 char *addr_string,
6571 char *exp_string,
6572 char *cond_string,
6573 struct expression *cond,
6574 struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
6575 int tempflag,
6576 int from_tty)
6577 {
6578 struct breakpoint *b;
6579
6580 if (from_tty)
6581 {
6582 describe_other_breakpoints (sal.pc, sal.section, -1);
6583 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
6584 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
6585 used for different exception names will use the same address.
6586 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
6587 unproductive. Besides. the warning phrasing is also a bit
6588 inapropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
6589 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
6590 enough for now, though. */
6591 }
6592
6593 b = set_raw_breakpoint (sal, bp_breakpoint);
6594 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
6595
6596 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
6597 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
6598 b->number = breakpoint_count;
6599 b->ignore_count = 0;
6600 b->cond = cond;
6601 b->addr_string = addr_string;
6602 b->language = language_ada;
6603 b->cond_string = cond_string;
6604 b->exp_string = exp_string;
6605 b->thread = -1;
6606 b->ops = ops;
6607 b->from_tty = from_tty;
6608
6609 mention (b);
6610 }
6611
6612 /* Implement the "catch exception" command. */
6613
6614 static void
6615 catch_ada_exception_command (char *arg, int tempflag, int from_tty)
6616 {
6617 struct symtab_and_line sal;
6618 enum bptype type;
6619 char *addr_string = NULL;
6620 char *exp_string = NULL;
6621 char *cond_string = NULL;
6622 struct expression *cond = NULL;
6623 struct breakpoint_ops *ops = NULL;
6624
6625 sal = ada_decode_exception_location (arg, &addr_string, &exp_string,
6626 &cond_string, &cond, &ops);
6627 create_ada_exception_breakpoint (sal, addr_string, exp_string,
6628 cond_string, cond, ops, tempflag,
6629 from_tty);
6630 }
6631
6632 /* Implement the "catch assert" command. */
6633
6634 static void
6635 catch_assert_command (char *arg, int tempflag, int from_tty)
6636 {
6637 struct symtab_and_line sal;
6638 char *addr_string = NULL;
6639 struct breakpoint_ops *ops = NULL;
6640
6641 sal = ada_decode_assert_location (arg, &addr_string, &ops);
6642 create_ada_exception_breakpoint (sal, addr_string, NULL, NULL, NULL, ops,
6643 tempflag, from_tty);
6644 }
6645
6646 /* Cover routine to allow wrapping target_enable_exception_catchpoints
6647 inside a catch_errors */
6648
6649 static int
6650 cover_target_enable_exception_callback (void *arg)
6651 {
6652 args_for_catchpoint_enable *args = arg;
6653 struct symtab_and_line *sal;
6654 sal = target_enable_exception_callback (args->kind, args->enable_p);
6655 if (sal == NULL)
6656 return 0;
6657 else if (sal == (struct symtab_and_line *) -1)
6658 return -1;
6659 else
6660 return 1; /*is valid */
6661 }
6662
6663 static void
6664 catch_command_1 (char *arg, int tempflag, int from_tty)
6665 {
6666
6667 /* The first argument may be an event name, such as "start" or "load".
6668 If so, then handle it as such. If it doesn't match an event name,
6669 then attempt to interpret it as an exception name. (This latter is
6670 the v4.16-and-earlier GDB meaning of the "catch" command.)
6671
6672 First, try to find the bounds of what might be an event name. */
6673 char *arg1_start = arg;
6674 char *arg1_end;
6675 int arg1_length;
6676
6677 if (arg1_start == NULL)
6678 {
6679 /* Old behaviour was to use pre-v-4.16 syntax */
6680 /* catch_throw_command_1 (arg1_start, tempflag, from_tty); */
6681 /* return; */
6682 /* Now, this is not allowed */
6683 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
6684
6685 }
6686 arg1_end = ep_find_event_name_end (arg1_start);
6687 if (arg1_end == NULL)
6688 error (_("catch requires an event"));
6689 arg1_length = arg1_end + 1 - arg1_start;
6690
6691 /* Try to match what we found against known event names. */
6692 if (strncmp (arg1_start, "signal", arg1_length) == 0)
6693 {
6694 error (_("Catch of signal not yet implemented"));
6695 }
6696 else if (strncmp (arg1_start, "catch", arg1_length) == 0)
6697 {
6698 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_CATCH, arg1_end + 1,
6699 tempflag, from_tty);
6700 }
6701 else if (strncmp (arg1_start, "throw", arg1_length) == 0)
6702 {
6703 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_THROW, arg1_end + 1,
6704 tempflag, from_tty);
6705 }
6706 else if (strncmp (arg1_start, "thread_start", arg1_length) == 0)
6707 {
6708 error (_("Catch of thread_start not yet implemented"));
6709 }
6710 else if (strncmp (arg1_start, "thread_exit", arg1_length) == 0)
6711 {
6712 error (_("Catch of thread_exit not yet implemented"));
6713 }
6714 else if (strncmp (arg1_start, "thread_join", arg1_length) == 0)
6715 {
6716 error (_("Catch of thread_join not yet implemented"));
6717 }
6718 else if (strncmp (arg1_start, "start", arg1_length) == 0)
6719 {
6720 error (_("Catch of start not yet implemented"));
6721 }
6722 else if (strncmp (arg1_start, "exit", arg1_length) == 0)
6723 {
6724 error (_("Catch of exit not yet implemented"));
6725 }
6726 else if (strncmp (arg1_start, "fork", arg1_length) == 0)
6727 {
6728 catch_fork_command_1 (catch_fork, arg1_end + 1, tempflag, from_tty);
6729 }
6730 else if (strncmp (arg1_start, "vfork", arg1_length) == 0)
6731 {
6732 catch_fork_command_1 (catch_vfork, arg1_end + 1, tempflag, from_tty);
6733 }
6734 else if (strncmp (arg1_start, "exec", arg1_length) == 0)
6735 {
6736 catch_exec_command_1 (arg1_end + 1, tempflag, from_tty);
6737 }
6738 else if (strncmp (arg1_start, "load", arg1_length) == 0)
6739 {
6740 catch_load_command_1 (arg1_end + 1, tempflag, from_tty);
6741 }
6742 else if (strncmp (arg1_start, "unload", arg1_length) == 0)
6743 {
6744 catch_unload_command_1 (arg1_end + 1, tempflag, from_tty);
6745 }
6746 else if (strncmp (arg1_start, "stop", arg1_length) == 0)
6747 {
6748 error (_("Catch of stop not yet implemented"));
6749 }
6750 else if (strncmp (arg1_start, "exception", arg1_length) == 0)
6751 {
6752 catch_ada_exception_command (arg1_end + 1, tempflag, from_tty);
6753 }
6754
6755 else if (strncmp (arg1_start, "assert", arg1_length) == 0)
6756 {
6757 catch_assert_command (arg1_end + 1, tempflag, from_tty);
6758 }
6759
6760 /* This doesn't appear to be an event name */
6761
6762 else
6763 {
6764 /* Pre-v.4.16 behaviour was to treat the argument
6765 as the name of an exception */
6766 /* catch_throw_command_1 (arg1_start, tempflag, from_tty); */
6767 /* Now this is not allowed */
6768 error (_("Unknown event kind specified for catch"));
6769
6770 }
6771 }
6772
6773 /* Used by the gui, could be made a worker for other things. */
6774
6775 struct breakpoint *
6776 set_breakpoint_sal (struct symtab_and_line sal)
6777 {
6778 struct breakpoint *b;
6779 b = set_raw_breakpoint (sal, bp_breakpoint);
6780 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
6781 b->number = breakpoint_count;
6782 b->cond = 0;
6783 b->thread = -1;
6784 return b;
6785 }
6786
6787 static void
6788 catch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
6789 {
6790 catch_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
6791 }
6792 \f
6793
6794 static void
6795 tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
6796 {
6797 catch_command_1 (arg, 1, from_tty);
6798 }
6799
6800 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
6801
6802 static void
6803 clear_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
6804 {
6805 struct breakpoint *b, *tmp, *prev, *found;
6806 int default_match;
6807 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
6808 struct symtab_and_line sal;
6809 int i;
6810
6811 if (arg)
6812 {
6813 sals = decode_line_spec (arg, 1);
6814 default_match = 0;
6815 }
6816 else
6817 {
6818 sals.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
6819 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
6820 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
6821 init_sal (&sal); /* initialize to zeroes */
6822 sal.line = default_breakpoint_line;
6823 sal.symtab = default_breakpoint_symtab;
6824 sal.pc = default_breakpoint_address;
6825 if (sal.symtab == 0)
6826 error (_("No source file specified."));
6827
6828 sals.sals[0] = sal;
6829 sals.nelts = 1;
6830
6831 default_match = 1;
6832 }
6833
6834 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond
6835 to it. Do it in two passes, solely to preserve the current
6836 behavior that from_tty is forced true if we delete more than
6837 one breakpoint. */
6838
6839 found = NULL;
6840 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
6841 {
6842 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
6843 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
6844 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
6845 or at default pc.
6846
6847 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
6848
6849 0 1 pc
6850 1 1 pc _and_ line
6851 0 0 line
6852 1 0 <can't happen> */
6853
6854 sal = sals.sals[i];
6855 prev = NULL;
6856
6857 /* Find all matching breakpoints, remove them from the
6858 breakpoint chain, and add them to the 'found' chain. */
6859 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, tmp)
6860 {
6861 /* Are we going to delete b? */
6862 if (b->type != bp_none
6863 && b->type != bp_watchpoint
6864 && b->type != bp_hardware_watchpoint
6865 && b->type != bp_read_watchpoint
6866 && b->type != bp_access_watchpoint
6867 /* Not if b is a watchpoint of any sort... */
6868 && (((sal.pc && (b->loc->address == sal.pc))
6869 && (!section_is_overlay (b->loc->section)
6870 || b->loc->section == sal.section))
6871 /* Yes, if sal.pc matches b (modulo overlays). */
6872 || ((default_match || (0 == sal.pc))
6873 && b->source_file != NULL
6874 && sal.symtab != NULL
6875 && strcmp (b->source_file, sal.symtab->filename) == 0
6876 && b->line_number == sal.line)))
6877 /* Yes, if sal source file and line matches b. */
6878 {
6879 /* Remove it from breakpoint_chain... */
6880 if (b == breakpoint_chain)
6881 {
6882 /* b is at the head of the list */
6883 breakpoint_chain = b->next;
6884 }
6885 else
6886 {
6887 prev->next = b->next;
6888 }
6889 /* And add it to 'found' chain. */
6890 b->next = found;
6891 found = b;
6892 }
6893 else
6894 {
6895 /* Keep b, and keep a pointer to it. */
6896 prev = b;
6897 }
6898 }
6899 }
6900 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
6901 if (found == 0)
6902 {
6903 if (arg)
6904 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg);
6905 else
6906 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
6907 }
6908
6909 if (found->next)
6910 from_tty = 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one */
6911 if (from_tty)
6912 {
6913 if (!found->next)
6914 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
6915 else
6916 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
6917 }
6918 breakpoints_changed ();
6919 while (found)
6920 {
6921 if (from_tty)
6922 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", found->number);
6923 tmp = found->next;
6924 delete_breakpoint (found);
6925 found = tmp;
6926 }
6927 if (from_tty)
6928 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
6929 }
6930 \f
6931 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
6932 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
6933 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
6934
6935 void
6936 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs)
6937 {
6938 struct breakpoint *b, *temp;
6939
6940 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
6941 if (bs->breakpoint_at && bs->breakpoint_at->disposition == disp_del
6942 && bs->stop)
6943 delete_breakpoint (bs->breakpoint_at);
6944
6945 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp)
6946 {
6947 if (b->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
6948 delete_breakpoint (b);
6949 }
6950 }
6951
6952 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
6953 structures. */
6954
6955 void
6956 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
6957 {
6958 struct breakpoint *b;
6959 bpstat bs;
6960 struct bp_location *loc;
6961
6962 gdb_assert (bpt != NULL);
6963
6964 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because multiple
6965 lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are especial culprits.
6966
6967 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When the
6968 scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of scope, and
6969 delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the scope bp is marked
6970 "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat. That bpstat is then
6971 checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are deleted.
6972
6973 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in bp's,
6974 and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing bpstat's, and
6975 teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's storage when no more
6976 references were extent. A cheaper bandaid was chosen. */
6977 if (bpt->type == bp_none)
6978 return;
6979
6980 if (deprecated_delete_breakpoint_hook)
6981 deprecated_delete_breakpoint_hook (bpt);
6982 breakpoint_delete_event (bpt->number);
6983
6984 if (bpt->loc->inserted)
6985 remove_breakpoint (bpt->loc, mark_inserted);
6986
6987 free_valchain (bpt->loc);
6988
6989 if (breakpoint_chain == bpt)
6990 breakpoint_chain = bpt->next;
6991
6992 if (bp_location_chain == bpt->loc)
6993 bp_location_chain = bpt->loc->next;
6994
6995 /* If we have callback-style exception catchpoints, don't go through
6996 the adjustments to the C++ runtime library etc. if the inferior
6997 isn't actually running. target_enable_exception_callback for a
6998 null target ops vector gives an undesirable error message, so we
6999 check here and avoid it. Since currently (1997-09-17) only HP-UX aCC's
7000 exceptions are supported in this way, it's OK for now. FIXME */
7001 if (ep_is_exception_catchpoint (bpt) && target_has_execution)
7002 {
7003 /* Format possible error msg */
7004 char *message = xstrprintf ("Error in deleting catchpoint %d:\n",
7005 bpt->number);
7006 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
7007 args_for_catchpoint_enable args;
7008 args.kind = bpt->type == bp_catch_catch ?
7009 EX_EVENT_CATCH : EX_EVENT_THROW;
7010 args.enable_p = 0;
7011 catch_errors (cover_target_enable_exception_callback, &args,
7012 message, RETURN_MASK_ALL);
7013 do_cleanups (cleanups);
7014 }
7015
7016
7017 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7018 if (b->next == bpt)
7019 {
7020 b->next = bpt->next;
7021 break;
7022 }
7023
7024 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc)
7025 if (loc->next == bpt->loc)
7026 {
7027 loc->next = bpt->loc->next;
7028 break;
7029 }
7030
7031 check_duplicates (bpt);
7032 /* If this breakpoint was inserted, and there is another breakpoint
7033 at the same address, we need to insert the other breakpoint. */
7034 if (bpt->loc->inserted
7035 && bpt->type != bp_hardware_watchpoint
7036 && bpt->type != bp_read_watchpoint
7037 && bpt->type != bp_access_watchpoint
7038 && bpt->type != bp_catch_fork
7039 && bpt->type != bp_catch_vfork
7040 && bpt->type != bp_catch_exec)
7041 {
7042 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7043 if (b->loc->address == bpt->loc->address
7044 && b->loc->section == bpt->loc->section
7045 && !b->loc->duplicate
7046 && b->enable_state != bp_disabled
7047 && b->enable_state != bp_shlib_disabled
7048 && !b->pending
7049 && b->enable_state != bp_call_disabled)
7050 {
7051 int val;
7052
7053 /* We should never reach this point if there is a permanent
7054 breakpoint at the same address as the one being deleted.
7055 If there is a permanent breakpoint somewhere, it should
7056 always be the only one inserted. */
7057 if (b->enable_state == bp_permanent)
7058 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
7059 _("another breakpoint was inserted on top of "
7060 "a permanent breakpoint"));
7061
7062 memset (&b->loc->target_info, 0, sizeof (b->loc->target_info));
7063 b->loc->target_info.placed_address = b->loc->address;
7064 if (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7065 val = target_insert_hw_breakpoint (&b->loc->target_info);
7066 else
7067 val = target_insert_breakpoint (&b->loc->target_info);
7068
7069 /* If there was an error in the insert, print a message, then stop execution. */
7070 if (val != 0)
7071 {
7072 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
7073 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
7074
7075
7076 if (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7077 {
7078 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
7079 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d.\n"
7080 "You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints.\n",
7081 b->number);
7082 }
7083 else
7084 {
7085 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n", b->number);
7086 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream, "Error accessing memory address ");
7087 deprecated_print_address_numeric (b->loc->address, 1, tmp_error_stream);
7088 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream, ": %s.\n",
7089 safe_strerror (val));
7090 }
7091
7092 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,"The same program may be running in another process.");
7093 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
7094 error_stream(tmp_error_stream);
7095 }
7096 else
7097 b->loc->inserted = 1;
7098 }
7099 }
7100
7101 free_command_lines (&bpt->commands);
7102 if (bpt->cond)
7103 xfree (bpt->cond);
7104 if (bpt->cond_string != NULL)
7105 xfree (bpt->cond_string);
7106 if (bpt->addr_string != NULL)
7107 xfree (bpt->addr_string);
7108 if (bpt->exp != NULL)
7109 xfree (bpt->exp);
7110 if (bpt->exp_string != NULL)
7111 xfree (bpt->exp_string);
7112 if (bpt->val != NULL)
7113 value_free (bpt->val);
7114 if (bpt->source_file != NULL)
7115 xfree (bpt->source_file);
7116 if (bpt->dll_pathname != NULL)
7117 xfree (bpt->dll_pathname);
7118 if (bpt->triggered_dll_pathname != NULL)
7119 xfree (bpt->triggered_dll_pathname);
7120 if (bpt->exec_pathname != NULL)
7121 xfree (bpt->exec_pathname);
7122
7123 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at it after it's been freed. */
7124 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's?
7125 We just check stop_bpstat for now. */
7126 for (bs = stop_bpstat; bs; bs = bs->next)
7127 if (bs->breakpoint_at == bpt)
7128 {
7129 bs->breakpoint_at = NULL;
7130 bs->old_val = NULL;
7131 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
7132 }
7133 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this same
7134 bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
7135 bpt->type = bp_none;
7136
7137 xfree (bpt->loc);
7138 xfree (bpt);
7139 }
7140
7141 static void
7142 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b)
7143 {
7144 delete_breakpoint (b);
7145 }
7146
7147 struct cleanup *
7148 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
7149 {
7150 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup, b);
7151 }
7152
7153 struct cleanup *
7154 make_exec_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
7155 {
7156 return make_exec_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup, b);
7157 }
7158
7159 void
7160 delete_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
7161 {
7162 struct breakpoint *b, *temp;
7163
7164 dont_repeat ();
7165
7166 if (arg == 0)
7167 {
7168 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
7169
7170 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
7171 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
7172 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number argument. */
7173 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7174 {
7175 if (b->type != bp_call_dummy &&
7176 b->type != bp_shlib_event &&
7177 b->type != bp_thread_event &&
7178 b->type != bp_overlay_event &&
7179 b->number >= 0)
7180 {
7181 breaks_to_delete = 1;
7182 break;
7183 }
7184 }
7185
7186 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
7187 if (!from_tty
7188 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
7189 {
7190 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp)
7191 {
7192 if (b->type != bp_call_dummy &&
7193 b->type != bp_shlib_event &&
7194 b->type != bp_thread_event &&
7195 b->type != bp_overlay_event &&
7196 b->number >= 0)
7197 delete_breakpoint (b);
7198 }
7199 }
7200 }
7201 else
7202 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, delete_breakpoint);
7203 }
7204
7205 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
7206 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
7207 Unused in this case. */
7208
7209 static int
7210 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint)
7211 {
7212 /* get past catch_errs */
7213 struct breakpoint *b = (struct breakpoint *) bint;
7214 struct value *mark;
7215 int i;
7216 int not_found;
7217 int *not_found_ptr = NULL;
7218 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
7219 char *s;
7220 enum enable_state save_enable;
7221
7222 switch (b->type)
7223 {
7224 case bp_none:
7225 warning (_("attempted to reset apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
7226 b->number);
7227 return 0;
7228 case bp_breakpoint:
7229 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
7230 case bp_catch_load:
7231 case bp_catch_unload:
7232 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
7233 {
7234 /* Anything without a string can't be re-set. */
7235 delete_breakpoint (b);
7236 return 0;
7237 }
7238 /* HACK: cagney/2001-11-11: kettenis/2001-11-11: MarkK wrote:
7239
7240 ``And a hack it is, although Apple's Darwin version of GDB
7241 contains an almost identical hack to implement a "future
7242 break" command. It seems to work in many real world cases,
7243 but it is easy to come up with a test case where the patch
7244 doesn't help at all.''
7245
7246 ``It seems that the way GDB implements breakpoints - in -
7247 shared - libraries was designed for a.out shared library
7248 systems (SunOS 4) where shared libraries were loaded at a
7249 fixed address in memory. Since ELF shared libraries can (and
7250 will) be loaded at any address in memory, things break.
7251 Fixing this is not trivial. Therefore, I'm not sure whether
7252 we should add this hack to the branch only. I cannot
7253 guarantee that things will be fixed on the trunk in the near
7254 future.''
7255
7256 In case we have a problem, disable this breakpoint. We'll
7257 restore its status if we succeed. Don't disable a
7258 shlib_disabled breakpoint though. There's a fair chance we
7259 can't re-set it if the shared library it's in hasn't been
7260 loaded yet. */
7261
7262 if (b->pending)
7263 break;
7264
7265 save_enable = b->enable_state;
7266 if (b->enable_state != bp_shlib_disabled)
7267 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
7268 else
7269 /* If resetting a shlib-disabled breakpoint, we don't want to
7270 see an error message if it is not found since we will expect
7271 this to occur until the shared library is finally reloaded.
7272 We accomplish this by giving decode_line_1 a pointer to use
7273 for silent notification that the symbol is not found. */
7274 not_found_ptr = &not_found;
7275
7276 set_language (b->language);
7277 input_radix = b->input_radix;
7278 s = b->addr_string;
7279 sals = decode_line_1 (&s, 1, (struct symtab *) NULL, 0, (char ***) NULL,
7280 not_found_ptr);
7281 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
7282 {
7283 resolve_sal_pc (&sals.sals[i]);
7284
7285 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
7286 old symtab. */
7287 if (b->cond_string != NULL)
7288 {
7289 s = b->cond_string;
7290 if (b->cond)
7291 {
7292 xfree (b->cond);
7293 /* Avoid re-freeing b->exp if an error during the call
7294 to parse_exp_1. */
7295 b->cond = NULL;
7296 }
7297 b->cond = parse_exp_1 (&s, block_for_pc (sals.sals[i].pc), 0);
7298 }
7299
7300 /* We need to re-set the breakpoint if the address changes... */
7301 if (b->loc->address != sals.sals[i].pc
7302 /* ...or new and old breakpoints both have source files, and
7303 the source file name or the line number changes... */
7304 || (b->source_file != NULL
7305 && sals.sals[i].symtab != NULL
7306 && (strcmp (b->source_file, sals.sals[i].symtab->filename) != 0
7307 || b->line_number != sals.sals[i].line)
7308 )
7309 /* ...or we switch between having a source file and not having
7310 one. */
7311 || ((b->source_file == NULL) != (sals.sals[i].symtab == NULL))
7312 )
7313 {
7314 if (b->source_file != NULL)
7315 xfree (b->source_file);
7316 if (sals.sals[i].symtab == NULL)
7317 b->source_file = NULL;
7318 else
7319 b->source_file =
7320 savestring (sals.sals[i].symtab->filename,
7321 strlen (sals.sals[i].symtab->filename));
7322 b->line_number = sals.sals[i].line;
7323 b->loc->requested_address = sals.sals[i].pc;
7324 b->loc->address
7325 = adjust_breakpoint_address (b->loc->requested_address,
7326 b->type);
7327
7328 /* Used to check for duplicates here, but that can
7329 cause trouble, as it doesn't check for disabled
7330 breakpoints. */
7331
7332 mention (b);
7333
7334 /* Might be better to do this just once per breakpoint_re_set,
7335 rather than once for every breakpoint. */
7336 breakpoints_changed ();
7337 }
7338 b->loc->section = sals.sals[i].section;
7339 b->enable_state = save_enable; /* Restore it, this worked. */
7340
7341
7342 /* Now that this is re-enabled, check_duplicates
7343 can be used. */
7344 check_duplicates (b);
7345
7346 }
7347 xfree (sals.sals);
7348 break;
7349
7350 case bp_watchpoint:
7351 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
7352 case bp_read_watchpoint:
7353 case bp_access_watchpoint:
7354 innermost_block = NULL;
7355 /* The issue arises of what context to evaluate this in. The
7356 same one as when it was set, but what does that mean when
7357 symbols have been re-read? We could save the filename and
7358 functionname, but if the context is more local than that, the
7359 best we could do would be something like how many levels deep
7360 and which index at that particular level, but that's going to
7361 be less stable than filenames or function names. */
7362
7363 /* So for now, just use a global context. */
7364 if (b->exp)
7365 {
7366 xfree (b->exp);
7367 /* Avoid re-freeing b->exp if an error during the call to
7368 parse_expression. */
7369 b->exp = NULL;
7370 }
7371 b->exp = parse_expression (b->exp_string);
7372 b->exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
7373 mark = value_mark ();
7374 if (b->val)
7375 {
7376 value_free (b->val);
7377 /* Avoid re-freeing b->val if an error during the call to
7378 evaluate_expression. */
7379 b->val = NULL;
7380 }
7381 b->val = evaluate_expression (b->exp);
7382 release_value (b->val);
7383 if (value_lazy (b->val) && breakpoint_enabled (b))
7384 value_fetch_lazy (b->val);
7385
7386 if (b->cond_string != NULL)
7387 {
7388 s = b->cond_string;
7389 if (b->cond)
7390 {
7391 xfree (b->cond);
7392 /* Avoid re-freeing b->exp if an error during the call
7393 to parse_exp_1. */
7394 b->cond = NULL;
7395 }
7396 b->cond = parse_exp_1 (&s, (struct block *) 0, 0);
7397 }
7398 if (breakpoint_enabled (b))
7399 mention (b);
7400 value_free_to_mark (mark);
7401 break;
7402 case bp_catch_catch:
7403 case bp_catch_throw:
7404 break;
7405 /* We needn't really do anything to reset these, since the mask
7406 that requests them is unaffected by e.g., new libraries being
7407 loaded. */
7408 case bp_catch_fork:
7409 case bp_catch_vfork:
7410 case bp_catch_exec:
7411 break;
7412
7413 default:
7414 printf_filtered (_("Deleting unknown breakpoint type %d\n"), b->type);
7415 /* fall through */
7416 /* Delete longjmp and overlay event breakpoints; they will be
7417 reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
7418 case bp_longjmp:
7419 case bp_longjmp_resume:
7420 case bp_overlay_event:
7421 delete_breakpoint (b);
7422 break;
7423
7424 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
7425 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
7426 case bp_shlib_event:
7427
7428 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special.
7429 Once it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
7430 case bp_thread_event:
7431
7432 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
7433 over a dlopen call and SOLIB_ADD is resetting the breakpoints.
7434 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
7435 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
7436 case bp_until:
7437 case bp_finish:
7438 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
7439 case bp_call_dummy:
7440 case bp_step_resume:
7441 break;
7442 }
7443
7444 return 0;
7445 }
7446
7447 /* Re-set all breakpoints after symbols have been re-loaded. */
7448 void
7449 breakpoint_re_set (void)
7450 {
7451 struct breakpoint *b, *temp;
7452 enum language save_language;
7453 int save_input_radix;
7454
7455 save_language = current_language->la_language;
7456 save_input_radix = input_radix;
7457 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp)
7458 {
7459 /* Format possible error msg */
7460 char *message = xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d:\n",
7461 b->number);
7462 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
7463 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one, b, message, RETURN_MASK_ALL);
7464 do_cleanups (cleanups);
7465 }
7466 set_language (save_language);
7467 input_radix = save_input_radix;
7468
7469 if (GET_LONGJMP_TARGET_P ())
7470 {
7471 create_longjmp_breakpoint ("longjmp");
7472 create_longjmp_breakpoint ("_longjmp");
7473 create_longjmp_breakpoint ("siglongjmp");
7474 create_longjmp_breakpoint ("_siglongjmp");
7475 create_longjmp_breakpoint (NULL);
7476 }
7477
7478 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ("_ovly_debug_event");
7479 }
7480 \f
7481 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
7482
7483 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
7484 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
7485 void
7486 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b)
7487 {
7488 if (b->thread != -1)
7489 {
7490 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
7491 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
7492 }
7493 }
7494
7495 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
7496 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
7497 which ends with a period (no newline). */
7498
7499 void
7500 set_ignore_count (int bptnum, int count, int from_tty)
7501 {
7502 struct breakpoint *b;
7503
7504 if (count < 0)
7505 count = 0;
7506
7507 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7508 if (b->number == bptnum)
7509 {
7510 b->ignore_count = count;
7511 if (from_tty)
7512 {
7513 if (count == 0)
7514 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time breakpoint %d is reached."),
7515 bptnum);
7516 else if (count == 1)
7517 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
7518 bptnum);
7519 else
7520 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d crossings of breakpoint %d."),
7521 count, bptnum);
7522 }
7523 breakpoints_changed ();
7524 breakpoint_modify_event (b->number);
7525 return;
7526 }
7527
7528 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum);
7529 }
7530
7531 /* Clear the ignore counts of all breakpoints. */
7532 void
7533 breakpoint_clear_ignore_counts (void)
7534 {
7535 struct breakpoint *b;
7536
7537 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7538 b->ignore_count = 0;
7539 }
7540
7541 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
7542
7543 static void
7544 ignore_command (char *args, int from_tty)
7545 {
7546 char *p = args;
7547 int num;
7548
7549 if (p == 0)
7550 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
7551
7552 num = get_number (&p);
7553 if (num == 0)
7554 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args);
7555 if (*p == 0)
7556 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
7557
7558 set_ignore_count (num,
7559 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p))),
7560 from_tty);
7561 if (from_tty)
7562 printf_filtered ("\n");
7563 }
7564 \f
7565 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
7566 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
7567
7568 static void
7569 map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args, void (*function) (struct breakpoint *))
7570 {
7571 char *p = args;
7572 char *p1;
7573 int num;
7574 struct breakpoint *b, *tmp;
7575 int match;
7576
7577 if (p == 0)
7578 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
7579
7580 while (*p)
7581 {
7582 match = 0;
7583 p1 = p;
7584
7585 num = get_number_or_range (&p1);
7586 if (num == 0)
7587 {
7588 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p);
7589 }
7590 else
7591 {
7592 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, tmp)
7593 if (b->number == num)
7594 {
7595 struct breakpoint *related_breakpoint = b->related_breakpoint;
7596 match = 1;
7597 function (b);
7598 if (related_breakpoint)
7599 function (related_breakpoint);
7600 break;
7601 }
7602 if (match == 0)
7603 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num);
7604 }
7605 p = p1;
7606 }
7607 }
7608
7609 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
7610 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
7611 which ends with a period (no newline). */
7612
7613 void
7614 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
7615 {
7616 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
7617 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
7618 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
7619 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
7620 return;
7621
7622 /* You can't disable permanent breakpoints. */
7623 if (bpt->enable_state == bp_permanent)
7624 return;
7625
7626 bpt->enable_state = bp_disabled;
7627
7628 check_duplicates (bpt);
7629
7630 if (deprecated_modify_breakpoint_hook)
7631 deprecated_modify_breakpoint_hook (bpt);
7632 breakpoint_modify_event (bpt->number);
7633 }
7634
7635 static void
7636 disable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
7637 {
7638 struct breakpoint *bpt;
7639 if (args == 0)
7640 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
7641 switch (bpt->type)
7642 {
7643 case bp_none:
7644 warning (_("attempted to disable apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
7645 bpt->number);
7646 continue;
7647 case bp_breakpoint:
7648 case bp_catch_load:
7649 case bp_catch_unload:
7650 case bp_catch_fork:
7651 case bp_catch_vfork:
7652 case bp_catch_exec:
7653 case bp_catch_catch:
7654 case bp_catch_throw:
7655 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
7656 case bp_watchpoint:
7657 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
7658 case bp_read_watchpoint:
7659 case bp_access_watchpoint:
7660 disable_breakpoint (bpt);
7661 default:
7662 continue;
7663 }
7664 else
7665 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, disable_breakpoint);
7666 }
7667
7668 static void
7669 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, enum bpdisp disposition)
7670 {
7671 int target_resources_ok, other_type_used;
7672 struct value *mark;
7673
7674 if (bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7675 {
7676 int i;
7677 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
7678 target_resources_ok =
7679 TARGET_CAN_USE_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINT (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
7680 i + 1, 0);
7681 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
7682 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
7683 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
7684 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
7685 }
7686
7687 if (bpt->pending)
7688 {
7689 if (bpt->enable_state != bp_enabled)
7690 {
7691 /* When enabling a pending breakpoint, we need to check if the breakpoint
7692 is resolvable since shared libraries could have been loaded
7693 after the breakpoint was disabled. */
7694 breakpoints_changed ();
7695 if (resolve_pending_breakpoint (bpt) == GDB_RC_OK)
7696 {
7697 delete_breakpoint (bpt);
7698 return;
7699 }
7700 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7701 bpt->disposition = disposition;
7702 }
7703 }
7704 else /* Not a pending breakpoint. */
7705 {
7706 if (bpt->enable_state != bp_permanent)
7707 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7708 bpt->disposition = disposition;
7709 check_duplicates (bpt);
7710 breakpoints_changed ();
7711
7712 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint ||
7713 bpt->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint ||
7714 bpt->type == bp_read_watchpoint ||
7715 bpt->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
7716 {
7717 struct frame_id saved_frame_id;
7718
7719 saved_frame_id = get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL));
7720 if (bpt->exp_valid_block != NULL)
7721 {
7722 struct frame_info *fr =
7723 fr = frame_find_by_id (bpt->watchpoint_frame);
7724 if (fr == NULL)
7725 {
7726 printf_filtered (_("\
7727 Cannot enable watchpoint %d because the block in which its expression\n\
7728 is valid is not currently in scope.\n"), bpt->number);
7729 bpt->enable_state = bp_disabled;
7730 return;
7731 }
7732 select_frame (fr);
7733 }
7734
7735 value_free (bpt->val);
7736 mark = value_mark ();
7737 bpt->val = evaluate_expression (bpt->exp);
7738 release_value (bpt->val);
7739 if (value_lazy (bpt->val))
7740 value_fetch_lazy (bpt->val);
7741
7742 if (bpt->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint ||
7743 bpt->type == bp_read_watchpoint ||
7744 bpt->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
7745 {
7746 int i = hw_watchpoint_used_count (bpt->type, &other_type_used);
7747 int mem_cnt = can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bpt->val);
7748
7749 /* Hack around 'unused var' error for some targets here */
7750 (void) mem_cnt, (void) i;
7751 target_resources_ok = TARGET_CAN_USE_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINT (
7752 bpt->type, i + mem_cnt, other_type_used);
7753 /* we can consider of type is bp_hardware_watchpoint, convert to
7754 bp_watchpoint in the following condition */
7755 if (target_resources_ok < 0)
7756 {
7757 printf_filtered (_("\
7758 Cannot enable watchpoint %d because target watch resources\n\
7759 have been allocated for other watchpoints.\n"), bpt->number);
7760 bpt->enable_state = bp_disabled;
7761 value_free_to_mark (mark);
7762 return;
7763 }
7764 }
7765
7766 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id));
7767 value_free_to_mark (mark);
7768 }
7769 }
7770
7771 if (deprecated_modify_breakpoint_hook)
7772 deprecated_modify_breakpoint_hook (bpt);
7773 breakpoint_modify_event (bpt->number);
7774 }
7775
7776 void
7777 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
7778 {
7779 do_enable_breakpoint (bpt, bpt->disposition);
7780 }
7781
7782 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
7783 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
7784 in stopping the inferior. */
7785
7786 static void
7787 enable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
7788 {
7789 struct breakpoint *bpt;
7790 if (args == 0)
7791 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
7792 switch (bpt->type)
7793 {
7794 case bp_none:
7795 warning (_("attempted to enable apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
7796 bpt->number);
7797 continue;
7798 case bp_breakpoint:
7799 case bp_catch_load:
7800 case bp_catch_unload:
7801 case bp_catch_fork:
7802 case bp_catch_vfork:
7803 case bp_catch_exec:
7804 case bp_catch_catch:
7805 case bp_catch_throw:
7806 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
7807 case bp_watchpoint:
7808 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
7809 case bp_read_watchpoint:
7810 case bp_access_watchpoint:
7811 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
7812 default:
7813 continue;
7814 }
7815 else
7816 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, enable_breakpoint);
7817 }
7818
7819 static void
7820 enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
7821 {
7822 do_enable_breakpoint (bpt, disp_disable);
7823 }
7824
7825 static void
7826 enable_once_command (char *args, int from_tty)
7827 {
7828 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, enable_once_breakpoint);
7829 }
7830
7831 static void
7832 enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
7833 {
7834 do_enable_breakpoint (bpt, disp_del);
7835 }
7836
7837 static void
7838 enable_delete_command (char *args, int from_tty)
7839 {
7840 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, enable_delete_breakpoint);
7841 }
7842 \f
7843 static void
7844 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
7845 {
7846 }
7847
7848 static void
7849 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
7850 {
7851 }
7852
7853 /* Use default_breakpoint_'s, or nothing if they aren't valid. */
7854
7855 struct symtabs_and_lines
7856 decode_line_spec_1 (char *string, int funfirstline)
7857 {
7858 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
7859 if (string == 0)
7860 error (_("Empty line specification."));
7861 if (default_breakpoint_valid)
7862 sals = decode_line_1 (&string, funfirstline,
7863 default_breakpoint_symtab,
7864 default_breakpoint_line,
7865 (char ***) NULL, NULL);
7866 else
7867 sals = decode_line_1 (&string, funfirstline,
7868 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0, (char ***) NULL, NULL);
7869 if (*string)
7870 error (_("Junk at end of line specification: %s"), string);
7871 return sals;
7872 }
7873
7874 /* Create and insert a raw software breakpoint at PC. Return an
7875 identifier, which should be used to remove the breakpoint later.
7876 In general, places which call this should be using something on the
7877 breakpoint chain instead; this function should be eliminated
7878 someday. */
7879
7880 void *
7881 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (CORE_ADDR pc)
7882 {
7883 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt;
7884
7885 bp_tgt = xmalloc (sizeof (struct bp_target_info));
7886 memset (bp_tgt, 0, sizeof (struct bp_target_info));
7887
7888 bp_tgt->placed_address = pc;
7889 if (target_insert_breakpoint (bp_tgt) != 0)
7890 {
7891 /* Could not insert the breakpoint. */
7892 xfree (bp_tgt);
7893 return NULL;
7894 }
7895
7896 return bp_tgt;
7897 }
7898
7899 /* Remove a breakpoint BP inserted by deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint. */
7900
7901 int
7902 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (void *bp)
7903 {
7904 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = bp;
7905 int ret;
7906
7907 ret = target_remove_breakpoint (bp_tgt);
7908 xfree (bp_tgt);
7909
7910 return ret;
7911 }
7912
7913 /* One (or perhaps two) breakpoints used for software single stepping. */
7914
7915 static void *single_step_breakpoints[2];
7916
7917 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
7918
7919 void
7920 insert_single_step_breakpoint (CORE_ADDR next_pc)
7921 {
7922 void **bpt_p;
7923
7924 if (single_step_breakpoints[0] == NULL)
7925 bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[0];
7926 else
7927 {
7928 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[1] == NULL);
7929 bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[1];
7930 }
7931
7932 /* NOTE drow/2006-04-11: A future improvement to this function would be
7933 to only create the breakpoints once, and actually put them on the
7934 breakpoint chain. That would let us use set_raw_breakpoint. We could
7935 adjust the addresses each time they were needed. Doing this requires
7936 corresponding changes elsewhere where single step breakpoints are
7937 handled, however. So, for now, we use this. */
7938
7939 *bpt_p = deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (next_pc);
7940 if (*bpt_p == NULL)
7941 error (_("Could not insert single-step breakpoint at 0x%s"),
7942 paddr_nz (next_pc));
7943 }
7944
7945 /* Remove and delete any breakpoints used for software single step. */
7946
7947 void
7948 remove_single_step_breakpoints (void)
7949 {
7950 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[0] != NULL);
7951
7952 /* See insert_single_step_breakpoint for more about this deprecated
7953 call. */
7954 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_breakpoints[0]);
7955 single_step_breakpoints[0] = NULL;
7956
7957 if (single_step_breakpoints[1] != NULL)
7958 {
7959 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_breakpoints[1]);
7960 single_step_breakpoints[1] = NULL;
7961 }
7962 }
7963
7964 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at PC. */
7965
7966 static int
7967 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (CORE_ADDR pc)
7968 {
7969 int i;
7970
7971 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
7972 {
7973 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = single_step_breakpoints[i];
7974 if (bp_tgt && bp_tgt->placed_address == pc)
7975 return 1;
7976 }
7977
7978 return 0;
7979 }
7980
7981 \f
7982 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak commands.
7983 It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
7984 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the command. */
7985 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
7986 command" [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
7987 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
7988 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
7989 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
7990 If an address is specified, break at that exact address.\n\
7991 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of selected stack frame.\n\
7992 This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
7993 \n\
7994 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
7995 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
7996 \n\
7997 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if conditional.\n\
7998 \n\
7999 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
8000
8001 void
8002 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
8003 {
8004 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_set_cmdlist;
8005 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_show_cmdlist;
8006 struct cmd_list_element *c;
8007
8008 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib);
8009
8010 breakpoint_chain = 0;
8011 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
8012 before a breakpoint is set. */
8013 breakpoint_count = 0;
8014
8015 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint, ignore_command, _("\
8016 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
8017 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
8018 if (xdb_commands)
8019 add_com_alias ("bc", "ignore", class_breakpoint, 1);
8020
8021 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint, commands_command, _("\
8022 Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
8023 Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
8024 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
8025 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
8026 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
8027 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
8028 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
8029
8030 add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint, condition_command, _("\
8031 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
8032 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
8033 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
8034
8035 c = add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint, tbreak_command, _("\
8036 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
8037 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
8038 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
8039 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
8040 \n"
8041 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
8042 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
8043
8044 c = add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint, hbreak_command, _("\
8045 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
8046 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
8047 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
8048 \n"
8049 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
8050 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
8051
8052 c = add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint, thbreak_command, _("\
8053 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
8054 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
8055 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
8056 \n"
8057 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
8058 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
8059
8060 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
8061 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
8062 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
8063 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
8064 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
8065 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
8066 &enablelist, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist);
8067 if (xdb_commands)
8068 add_com ("ab", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
8069 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
8070 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
8071 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
8072 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
8073 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."));
8074
8075 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint, 1);
8076
8077 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
8078 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
8079 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
8080 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
8081 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
8082 &enablebreaklist, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist);
8083
8084 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
8085 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
8086 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
8087 &enablebreaklist);
8088
8089 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
8090 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
8091 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
8092 &enablebreaklist);
8093
8094 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
8095 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
8096 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
8097 &enablelist);
8098
8099 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
8100 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
8101 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
8102 &enablelist);
8103
8104 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
8105 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
8106 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
8107 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
8108 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until reenabled."),
8109 &disablelist, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist);
8110 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
8111 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
8112 if (xdb_commands)
8113 add_com ("sb", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
8114 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
8115 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
8116 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
8117 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until reenabled."));
8118
8119 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, disable_command, _("\
8120 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
8121 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
8122 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
8123 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until reenabled.\n\
8124 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
8125 &disablelist);
8126
8127 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
8128 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
8129 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
8130 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
8131 \n\
8132 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
8133 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
8134 &deletelist, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist);
8135 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
8136 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
8137 if (xdb_commands)
8138 add_com ("db", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
8139 Delete some breakpoints.\n\
8140 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
8141 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n"));
8142
8143 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, delete_command, _("\
8144 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
8145 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
8146 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
8147 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
8148 &deletelist);
8149
8150 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint, clear_command, _("\
8151 Clear breakpoint at specified line or function.\n\
8152 Argument may be line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
8153 If line number is specified, all breakpoints in that line are cleared.\n\
8154 If function is specified, breakpoints at beginning of function are cleared.\n\
8155 If an address is specified, breakpoints at that address are cleared.\n\
8156 \n\
8157 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
8158 is executing in.\n\
8159 \n\
8160 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
8161
8162 c = add_com ("break", class_breakpoint, break_command, _("\
8163 Set breakpoint at specified line or function.\n"
8164 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
8165 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
8166
8167 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run, 1);
8168 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run, 1);
8169 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run, 1);
8170 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run, 1);
8171
8172 if (xdb_commands)
8173 {
8174 add_com_alias ("ba", "break", class_breakpoint, 1);
8175 add_com_alias ("bu", "ubreak", class_breakpoint, 1);
8176 }
8177
8178 if (dbx_commands)
8179 {
8180 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint, stop_command, _("\
8181 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
8182 &stoplist, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist);
8183 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint, stopin_command,
8184 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist);
8185 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint, stopat_command,
8186 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist);
8187 add_com ("status", class_info, breakpoints_info, _("\
8188 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
8189 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
8190 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
8191 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
8192 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
8193 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
8194 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
8195 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
8196 \n\
8197 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
8198 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed.\n\n\
8199 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
8200 breakpoint set."));
8201 }
8202
8203 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info, _("\
8204 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
8205 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
8206 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
8207 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
8208 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
8209 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
8210 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
8211 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
8212 \n\
8213 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
8214 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed.\n\n\
8215 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
8216 breakpoint set."));
8217
8218 if (xdb_commands)
8219 add_com ("lb", class_breakpoint, breakpoints_info, _("\
8220 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
8221 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
8222 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
8223 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
8224 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
8225 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
8226 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
8227 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
8228 \n\
8229 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
8230 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed.\n\n\
8231 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
8232 breakpoint set."));
8233
8234 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance, maintenance_info_breakpoints, _("\
8235 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
8236 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
8237 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
8238 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
8239 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
8240 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
8241 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
8242 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
8243 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
8244 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
8245 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
8246 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
8247 \n\
8248 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
8249 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed.\n\
8250 \n\
8251 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
8252 breakpoint set."),
8253 &maintenanceinfolist);
8254
8255 add_com ("catch", class_breakpoint, catch_command, _("\
8256 Set catchpoints to catch events.\n\
8257 Raised signals may be caught:\n\
8258 \tcatch signal - all signals\n\
8259 \tcatch signal <signame> - a particular signal\n\
8260 Raised exceptions may be caught:\n\
8261 \tcatch throw - all exceptions, when thrown\n\
8262 \tcatch throw <exceptname> - a particular exception, when thrown\n\
8263 \tcatch catch - all exceptions, when caught\n\
8264 \tcatch catch <exceptname> - a particular exception, when caught\n\
8265 Thread or process events may be caught:\n\
8266 \tcatch thread_start - any threads, just after creation\n\
8267 \tcatch thread_exit - any threads, just before expiration\n\
8268 \tcatch thread_join - any threads, just after joins\n\
8269 Process events may be caught:\n\
8270 \tcatch start - any processes, just after creation\n\
8271 \tcatch exit - any processes, just before expiration\n\
8272 \tcatch fork - calls to fork()\n\
8273 \tcatch vfork - calls to vfork()\n\
8274 \tcatch exec - calls to exec()\n\
8275 Dynamically-linked library events may be caught:\n\
8276 \tcatch load - loads of any library\n\
8277 \tcatch load <libname> - loads of a particular library\n\
8278 \tcatch unload - unloads of any library\n\
8279 \tcatch unload <libname> - unloads of a particular library\n\
8280 The act of your program's execution stopping may also be caught:\n\
8281 \tcatch stop\n\n\
8282 C++ exceptions may be caught:\n\
8283 \tcatch throw - all exceptions, when thrown\n\
8284 \tcatch catch - all exceptions, when caught\n\
8285 Ada exceptions may be caught:\n\
8286 \tcatch exception - all exceptions, when raised\n\
8287 \tcatch exception <name> - a particular exception, when raised\n\
8288 \tcatch exception unhandled - all unhandled exceptions, when raised\n\
8289 \tcatch assert - all failed assertions, when raised\n\
8290 \n\
8291 Do \"help set follow-fork-mode\" for info on debugging your program\n\
8292 after a fork or vfork is caught.\n\n\
8293 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."));
8294
8295 add_com ("tcatch", class_breakpoint, tcatch_command, _("\
8296 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events.\n\
8297 Args like \"catch\" command.\n\
8298 Like \"catch\" except the catchpoint is only temporary,\n\
8299 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"catch\" followed\n\
8300 by using \"enable delete\" on the catchpoint number."));
8301
8302 c = add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint, watch_command, _("\
8303 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
8304 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
8305 an expression changes."));
8306 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
8307
8308 c = add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint, rwatch_command, _("\
8309 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
8310 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
8311 an expression is read."));
8312 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
8313
8314 c = add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint, awatch_command, _("\
8315 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
8316 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
8317 an expression is either read or written."));
8318 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
8319
8320 add_info ("watchpoints", breakpoints_info,
8321 _("Synonym for ``info breakpoints''."));
8322
8323
8324 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
8325 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
8326 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support,
8327 &can_use_hw_watchpoints, _("\
8328 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
8329 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
8330 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
8331 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
8332 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
8333 hardware.)"),
8334 NULL,
8335 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints,
8336 &setlist, &showlist);
8337
8338 can_use_hw_watchpoints = 1;
8339
8340 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, set_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
8341 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
8342 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
8343 pending breakpoint behavior"),
8344 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist, "set breakpoint ",
8345 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist);
8346 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, show_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
8347 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
8348 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
8349 pending breakpoint behavior"),
8350 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist, "show breakpoint ",
8351 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist);
8352
8353 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class,
8354 &pending_break_support, _("\
8355 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
8356 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
8357 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
8358 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
8359 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
8360 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
8361 NULL,
8362 show_pending_break_support,
8363 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
8364 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
8365
8366 pending_break_support = AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO;
8367
8368 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class,
8369 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints, _("\
8370 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
8371 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
8372 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
8373 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
8374 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
8375 NULL,
8376 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints,
8377 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
8378 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
8379
8380 automatic_hardware_breakpoints = 1;
8381 }
This page took 0.30174 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.